Protein kinase C Modulators. L.

ABSTRACT

Pharmaceutical compositions having antiviral, antiinflammatory and other activities are disclosed. The compositions are of compounds derived from diterpene phorboids.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.08/120,643, filed Sep. 13, 1993, which is a continuation-in-part of:

(i) application Ser. No. 07/664,397 filed Mar. 4, 1991 (abandoned),which is a continuation-in-part of:

(a) application Ser. No. 07/537,885, filed Jun. 14, 1990 (abandoned),which is a file-wrapper continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.07/061,299, filed Jun. 10, 1987 (abandoned), which is acontinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 06/872,812, filed Jun. 11,1986 (abandoned); and

(b) application Ser. No. 07/559,296, filed Jul. 30, 1990 (abandoned) andapplication Ser. No. 07/559,701, filed Jul. 30, 1990 (now U.S. Pat. No.5,145,842, issued Sep. 2, 1992), which are, respectively, a division anda continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 07/322,881, filed Mar.13, 1989 (abandoned), which is a division of application Ser. No.07/061,299, filed Jun. 10, 1987 (abandoned); and

(ii) application Ser. No. 07/980,907, filed Nov. 24, 1992 (abandoned),all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.

BACKGROUND

Protein kinase C (also known as "calcium/phospholipid-dependent proteinkinase", "PKC" or "C-kinase) is a family of very closely relatedenzymes; one or more members of the protein kinase C family are found innearly all animal tissues and animal cells that have been examined. Theidentity of protein kinase C is generally established by its ability tophosphorylate certain proteins when adenosine triphosphate andphospholipid cofactors are present, with greatly reduced activity whenthese cofactors are absent. Protein kinase C is believed tophosphorylate only serine and/or threonine residues in the proteins thatare substrates for protein kinase C. Additionally, some forms of proteinkinase C require the presence of calcium ions for maximal activity.

Protein kinase C activity is also substantially stimulated by certain1,2-sn-diacylglycerols that bind specifically and stoichiometrically toa recognition site or sites on the enzyme. This site is called thediacylglycerol binding site, and it is located on the amino-terminalportion of protein kinase C, the so-called "regulatory domain". Thecarboxy-terminal portion of protein kinase C carries the site at whichprotein phosphorylation is effected, and this portion thus called the"kinase domain".

Thus, the rate at which various protein kinase C family members carryout their enzymatic phosphorylation of certain substrates can bemarkedly enhanced by the presence of the cofactors such asphospholipids, diacylglycerols and, for some protein kinase C familymembers, calcium ions. This stimulation of protein kinase C activity isreferred to as protein kinase C "activation", and the activation ofprotein kinase C by the binding of diacylglycerols to the regulatorydomain of protein kinase C is of particular importance in the normal andpathological functions of protein kinase C.

In contrast to the activation of protein kinase C, some chemicalcompounds have been shown, when added to protein kinase C enzyme assays,to reduce the rate at which protein kinase C phosphorylates itssubstrates; such compounds are referred to as protein kinase C"inhibitors" or, in some cases, "antagonists". In some circumstances,protein kinase C inhibitors are capable of inhibiting various cellularor tissue phenomena which are thought to be mediated by protein kinaseC.

Activation of protein kinase C by diacylglycerols has been shown to bean important physiological event that mediates the actions of a widevariety of hormones, neurotransmitters, and other biological controlfactors such as histamine, vasopressin, α-adrenergic agonists, dopamineagonists, muscarinic cholinergic agonists, platelet activating factor,etc. see Y. Nishizuka, Nature 308: 693-698 (1984) and Science 225:1365-1370 (1984) for reviews!.

The biological role of protein kinase C is also of great interestbecause of the discovery that certain very powerful tumor promotingchemicals activate this enzyme by binding specifically and with veryhigh affinity to the diacylglycerol binding site on the enzyme. Inaddition to diacylglycerols, there are at present six other knownclasses of compounds that bind to this site: diterpenes such as thephorbol esters; indole alkaloids (indolactams) such as the teleocidins,lyngbyatoxin, and indolactam V; polyacetates such as the aplysiatoxinsand oscillatoxins, certain derivatives of diaminobenzyl alcohol;macrocyclic lactones of the bryostatin class; and benzolactams such as(-)-BL-V8-310. The phorbol esters have long been known as powerful tumorpromoters, the teleocidins and aplysiatoxins are now known to have thisactivity, and it appears likely that additional classes of compoundswill be found to have the toxic and tumor promoting activitiesassociated with the capability to bind to the diacylglycerol site ofprotein kinase C and thus activate the enzyme. Other toxicities of theseagents when administered to animals include lung injury and profoundchanges in blood elements, such as leukopenia and neutropenia.

Representative examples of these seven classes of previously knownprotein kinase C-activating compounds, collectively referred to hereinas "phorboids", are depicted below: ##STR1##

It can be seen that the phorboids depicted have diverse structuralelements of both hydrophilic and hydrophobic nature, with one prominentexception, namely that each contains a hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethylgroup (indicated by the dashed-line boxes in each structure). In eachcase the phorboid depicted is among the most potent of its particularstructural class, and among the seven classes the diterpenes,indolactams, polyacetates, bryostatins and benzolactams have members ofespecially high potency.

In addition to potent tumor promoting activity, these seven classes ofcompounds display a vast range of biological activities, as would beexpected from the widespread distribution of their target enzyme. Someof these activities, like tumor promotion, indicate the involvement ofprotein kinase C in important normal or pathological processes inanimals. Thus, the phorboids are potent skin inflammatory agents, causesmooth muscle contraction in several tissues, alter immune systemfunction and can be used to cause a variety of other normal orpathological responses. Related disease states such as the developmentof cancer, the onset and/or maintenance of inflammatory disease, therole of vasoconstriction in hypertension, the role ofbronchoconstriction in asthma, the life cycles of many pathogenic humanviruses, and the role of cholinergic, adrenergic, and dopaminergicsynapses in diseases of the central/peripheral nervous systems, may bemediated in vivo by the stimulation of protein kinase C or otherdiacylglycerol binding site-bearing entities by diacylglycerols, thelatter being generated in the cell by pathological agents or conditions.

In analyzing the activity of a pharmaceutical or other bioactivecompound, it is useful to consider two properties: the efficacy, definedas the capability to elicit a full or partial biological result, such ascomplete displacement of a ligand from its receptor site or the completeinhibition of inflammation or edema caused by a standard stimulus; andthe potency, defined as that amount or concentration of drug that causes50% of the full response (often abbreviated as the ED₅₀). It isfrequently the case within a given class of pharmaceutical agents thatindividual members of the class all have equal efficacy, i.e. they eachcan generate a full biological effect, but they show differingpotencies. Thus, the structural modifications within such a class affectonly the amount necessary to achieve a given result, and the modifiedcompounds otherwise have generally the same central biologicalcharacteristic. There may also be differences between members of such aclass as regards properties other than the central biologicalcharacteristic; for example, members of the class might differ in sideeffects or toxicity.

Well-known pharmaceuticals that have been in extensive use for years ordecades show a wide range of optimal therapeutic potencies. Aspirin, forexample, is often taken in multi-gram amounts per day for treatment ofinflammation or arthritis, and detailed analyses of its mechanism ofaction in vitro show that a concentration in the millimolar range isrequired. In contrast, steroid-based topical anti-inflammatory compoundssuch as fluocinolone acetonide are many thousand-fold more potent, and,beyond this, some oral contraceptive agents are prescribed in dailydoses in the microgram range. Thus, although high potency is generallyadvantageous for a pharmaceutical, it is not an absolute requirement.

A thousand or more analogs of the highly skin-inflammatory andtumor-promoting phorboids have been reported in the literature,including numerous examples on which minor chemical modifications havebeen made see Evans and Soper, Lloydia 41: 193-233 (1978) and referencescited therein!. The structures of these phorboids can be compared, andtheir activities for inflammation and tumor promotion can be analyzedfrom the perspective of efficacy and potency. The structures of thedifferent classes of phorboids vary quite markedly from one to the otherclass, yet widespread testing of their biological activities has shownthat these classes have generally very similar biological properties. Inparticular, the numerous known phorboids of the highly potent diterpene,indolactam, and polyacetate classes appear to have, with very minorexceptions, virtually identical efficacies as skin irritants and tumorpromoters T. Sugimura, Gann 73: 499-507 (1982)!. The exceptions involvea few compounds that have a short duration of irritant activity and/ormanifest diminished tumor promoting activity, perhaps due to toxicity orsecondary parameters such as differing metabolic destruction rates.

In contrast to the essentially equal efficacies among the vast majorityof phorboids, their relative potencies cover a wide range, as measuredin inflammation and promotion tests and as measured in numerous other invivo and in vitro systems. Example compounds can be found in thediterpene, indolactam, and polyacetate classes that have nearly equal,very high potencies. At the same time there are compounds in each ofthese classes which embody significant structural changes that do notdiminish efficacy but do result in potency decreases of 10-fold to100,000-fold or more see, for example, Driedger and Blumberg, CancerRes. 37: 3257-3265 (1977), Cancer Res. 39: 714-719 (1979)!. Thus, allthese compounds appear to be capable of achieving generally the samebiological results, and merely differ in the amount which must be usedto obtain a given result.

In vitro measurements of biochemical properties provide an even moresensitive method for comparing the properties of the various phorboids.For example, using a radioactively labeled phorboid such as ³ H!phorbol12,13-dibutyrate or ³ H!lyngbyatoxin, one can measure the potency of atest compound as a competitive ligand for the diacylglycerol bindingsite, which is also referred to herein as the "phorboid binding site" onprotein kinase C or on other biological molecules which have phorboidbinding sites (see below). Alternatively, one can measure the ability ofa given phorboid to stimulate the protein kinase C-mediatedincorporation of radioactive phosphate from ³² P!adenosine triphosphateinto a standard acceptor substrate such as histone H1. Tests of thisnature reveal a difference in potency between given phorboid agonists ofas much as 10,000,000-fold or more Dunn and Blumberg, Cancer Res. 43:4632-4637 (1983), Table 1!.

These basic data regarding the phorboid agonists are an importantconsideration because they underscore the concept that the structuraldifferences among these previously known phorboids, especially thediterpenes, indolactams, polyacetates, and bryostatins, generally do notaffect their efficacies as toxic agonists, and indeed a wide variety ofstructural changes are tolerated in this regard. Such changes generallyalter potency only and do not provide agents with therapeutic utility,since the resulting compounds retain their toxicity.

Some minor changes in phorboid structure are known to result ingenerally inactive compounds, such as a stereochemical change from 4-βto 4-α in the phorbol series, and indeed some of the diterpene skeletonstructures carry hydroxy groups that must be esterified in order forinflammatory activity to be observed. However, these inactive compoundsare quite few in number among the known phorboids, and no therapeuticutility has been demonstrated for them.

The phorbol esters, indolactams, polyacetates, diaminobenzyl alcohols,and bryostatins are generally found in plants, molds, and algae, or aresynthetic in origin. Although they are found in many parts of the world,normal human contact with them is thought to be low. In contrast, thediacylglycerols are part of the functioning of virtually every type ofanimal cell and, thus, the undesirable activation of protein kinase C bythe diacylglycerols may have a very widespread role in human diseases.

Thus, compounds capable of blocking the activation of, or inhibiting,protein kinase C by acting as specific pharmacological antagonists ofthe diacylglycerols at the diacylglycerol binding site on protein kinaseC, would be valuable agents in the prevention and treatment of a widevariety of diseases in animals and humans. For example, the need for,and potential utility of, protein kinase C inhibitors/antagonists asagents for the treatment of cancer has received much attention D. Corda,et al., Trends in Pharmacological Sciences 11: 471-473 (1990); G. Powis,Trends in Pharmacological Sciences 12: 188-194 (1991); S. Gandy and P.Greengard, Trends in Pharmacological Sciences 13: 108-113 (1992); B.Henderson and S. Blake, Trends in Pharmacological Sciences 13: 145-152(1992)!.

Protein kinase C comprises a family of eight or more closely relatedprotein molecules Parker, P. J. et al., Mol. Cell. Endocrin. 65: 1-11(1989)!. Because of their high degree of relatedness they are referredto as "isozymes", "isotypes" or "isoforms". Occasionally the term"subtypes" is used, but this term is usually reserved to designate, as asubdivision, two or more variants of a single isotype.

The known isotypes of protein kinase C are: α, β₁, β₂ and γ (the"A-group"); δ, ε, ε' Ono, Y. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263: 6927-6932(1988)!, protein kinase C-L Bacher, N. et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 11:126-133 (1991)!, also known as protein kinase Cη Osada, S. et al., J.Biol. Chem. 265: 22434-22440 (1990)!, and θ Osada, S.-I. et al., Mol.Cell. Biol. 12: 3930-3938 (1992) (the "B-group"); ζ and ι Selbie, L. A.et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268: 24296-24302 (1993), also known as PKCλAkimoto, K. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269: 12677-12683 (1994)! (the"C-group"), and, μ Johannes, F.-J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269: 6140-6148(1994)! and PKD Valverde, A. M. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 91:8572-8576 (1994) (the "D-group"). Members of the A-group require calciumions for maximal activation, whereas the B-, C- and D-group members arethought to be largely calcium-independent for activation. The genes foreach of the isotypes above have been cloned from one or more animal andyeast species and the clones have been sequenced; thus the relatednessof the genes and their product polypeptides is thus well established.

It is possible that the different protein kinase C isozymes havedifferent biological roles, and published evidence supports this ideaHoman, E., Jensen, D. and Sando, J., J. Biol. Chem. 266: 5676-5681(1991); Gusovsky, F. and Gutkind, S., Mol. Pharm. 39: 124-129 (1991);Borner, C., "The Role of protein kinase C in Growth Control", SixthInternational Symposium on Cellular Endocrinology, W. Alton Jones CellScience Center, Lake Placid, N.Y., Aug. 12-15, 1990; Naor, Z. et al.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 4501-4504 (1989); Godson, C., Weiss, B.and Insel, P., J. Biol. Chem. 265: 8369-8372 (1990); Melloni, E. et al.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 4417-4420 (1990), Koretzky, G. et al., J.Immunology 143: 1692-1695 (1989)!. For example, the stimulation of oneprotein kinase C isotype or a limited subset of protein kinase Cisotypes might lead to undesirable results such as the development ofinflammation Ohuchi, K. et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 925: 156-163(1987)!, the promotion of tumor formation Slaga, T., Envir. HealthPerspec. 50: 3-14 (1983)! or an increased rate of viral replication incells (i.e., de novo infection of cells and/or expression, assembly andrelease of new viral particles) Harada, S. et al., Virology 154: 249-258(1986)!.

On the other hand, other protein kinase C isozymes might be responsiblefor the many beneficial effects observed when protein kinase C isstimulated by known protein kinase C activators in a variety ofbiological settings; such beneficial effects include the cessation ofdivision of leukemic cells Rovera, G., O'Brien, T. and Diamond, L.,Science 204: 868-870 (1979)!, multiplication of colonies of lymphocytesRosenstreich, D. and Mizel, S., J. Immunol. 123: 1749-1754 (1979)! andleucocytes Skinnider, L. and McAskill, J., Exp. Hematol. 8: 477-483(1980)! or the secretion of useful bioregulatory factors such asinterferon-c Braude, I., U.S. Pat. No. 4,376,822! and interleukin-2Gillis, S., U.S. Pat. No. 4,401,756!.

Recent publications indicate that diacylglycerol binding sites exist onnewly-described proteins which lack the kinase domain, and thus lack thekinase activity, of protein kinase C. One such protein is n-chimaerin,found in human brain Ahmed et al., Biochem. J. 272: 767-773 (1990)! andthe other is the unc-13 gene product of the nematode Caenorhabditiselegans, Maruyama, I. and Brenner, S., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:5729-5733 (1991)!. The presence of the diacylglycerol binding sites onthese two proteins was demonstrated by standard binding experiments with³ H!phorbol 12,13-dibutyrate. These new proteins may have otherenzymatic or biological activities which can be modulated by compoundswhich bind to their diacylglycerol binding sites. Thus, such compoundsmay have utility on non-protein kinase C biological targets.

Given that there are now numerous distinct biological entities bearingdiacylglycerol binding sites, it would be highly desirable to obtainchemical compounds which could specifically and selectively target oneor another type of diacylglycerol binding site, thus permitting one toselectively activate or inhibit one such site without affecting theothers. Such compounds would be valuable experimental tools for studyingthe role of individual types of proteins bearing diacylglycerol bindingsites as well as providing novel means for treating diseases in whichprotein kinase C or other diacylglycerol binding site-bearing proteinsare involved.

There are several published reports describing chemical compoundscapable of selectively distinguishing severaldiacylglycerol/phorboid-type binding sites in mouse skin Dunn andBlumberg, op. cit.! and in purified preparations of protein kinase Cisotypes Ryves, W. J., et al., FEBS Letters 288: 5-9(1991)!. However, inthese studies, even the compounds showing the clearest differences inaffinity for these distinct classes, namely phorbol 12,13-dibutyrate,12-deoxyphorbol 13-isobutyrate, 12-deoxyphorbol 13-phenylacetate andthymeleatoxin, are only selective by a factor of 10-1000 in dissociationconstant among the different binding sites. Furthermore, these compoundshave potent skin inflammatory activity and are not desirable in human oranimal medicine because of this toxicity.

Thus, to briefly recapitulate, two kinds of new compounds relating todiacylglycerol binding sites would be highly desirable. The first typewould be capable of selectively activating one or a few useful, but notother, deleterious, diacylglycerol target sites. The second type wouldbe capable of inhibiting, or antagonizing the stimulation of, one ormore deleterious diacylglycerol binding site-bearing entities withoutblocking the useful ones. These kinds of compounds would be valuableagents for the study of diacylglycerol binding site-bearing entities andfor the prevention or treatment of a wide range of human and animaldiseases thought to involve protein kinase C or other entities under thecontrol of diacylglycerol binding sites.

Earlier efforts to use the previously known phorboids themselves or tomodify the structures of these known phorboids, have generally not beensuccessful in producing useful compounds with toxicity low enough foruse in humans.

It has been known for some time that several of the toxic, inflammatoryand tumor-promoting compounds such as phorbol 12-tigliate 13-decanoate,mezerein, lyngbyatoxin and aplysiatoxin have anti-leukemic activity inmouse model tests T. Sugimura, op cit.; S. M. Kupchan and R. L. Baxter,Science 187: 652-653 (1975); S. M. Kupchan, et al., Science 191: 571-572(1976), M. C. Territo and H. P. Koeffler, Br. J. Haematol. 47, 479-483(1981)!. However, these compounds are all extremely toxic and are cancersuspect agents, thus eliminating them from consideration as humantherapeutic agents.

Ganong, et al. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 1184-1188 (1986)! tested aseries of diacylglycerols and found no antagonistic activity in thatseries against the standard agonist, 1,2-dioctanoylglycerol. It is ofparticular note that several compounds tested in this work were modifiedin the hydroxymethyl portion of the diacylglycerol molecule, and thesemodifications produced only a loss of activity or a weakened activitythat was not distinguishable from the agonist activity of1,2-dioctanoylglycerol itself, a compound which is toxic to mouse skinR. Smart, et al., Carcinogenesis 7: 1865-1870 (1986); A. Verma, CancerRes. 48: 2168-2173 (1988)!. These hydroxymethyl-modified compounds werenot antagonists in these tests and no utility was found. Similarly,Thielmann and Hecker Forsch. Krebsforsch. Vol. VII, pp. 171-179 (1969),New York: Schattauer! found only a complete loss of biological activityin their study when the hydroxy group of the hydroxymethyl on phorbol12,13-didecanoate was replaced with hydrogen or chlorine. Schmidt andHecker H. Lettre and G. Wagner (eds.), Aktuelle Probleme aus dem Gebietder Cancerologie, Vol. III, 3rd Heidelberg Symposium, pp. 98-108.Berlin: Springer Verlag, 1971! also found that oxidation of thehydroxymethyl of phorbol 12,13- didecanoate to a carboxylic acid causedcomplete loss of activity in the assays used.

The hydroxymethyl group of the known phorboids (see structures above)has been thought to be required for biological activity, as detailed byHecker (Hecker, E., Carcinogenesis, Vol. 2, eds. Slaga, Sivak andBoutwell, Raven Press, New York, 1978, pp. 11-48 and references citedtherein). Indeed, it is stated therein that the replacement of the20-hydroxyl in a phorbol ester "results in complete loss of biologicalactivity". In another study, replacement of the hydroxy group of thehydroxymethyl (located at carbon 14) by chlorine or hydrogen inindolactam V gave rise to compounds with agonist activity weaker thanbut otherwise not distinguished from the agonist activity of the verytoxic teleocidin class of tumor promoters Irie et al., Int. J. Cancer36: 485-488 (1985)!. Thus no utility beyond that of the toxic,hydroxymethyl-bearing parent indolactam-type compounds was found.

Schmidt and Hecker (Carcinogenesis, Vol. 7, ed. by E. Hecker et al.,Raven Press, New York, 1982, pp. 57-63) studied the abilities of aseries of diterpene phorboids to inhibit tumor promotion by the standardphorboid agonist tumor promoter phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (PMA).They found that, at low doses, some short-chain ester derivatives ofphorbol were able to block the tumor promotion by PMA. However, all ofthe compounds that were active as antagonists at low doses are also veryefficacious skin irritants themselves at slightly higher doses and mostof them are also known to have tumor promoting activity. Thus, theseshort-chain esters still have toxic inflammatory and tumor promotingactivity at doses only slightly different from those which would beneeded to exhibit a therapeutic effect in mice.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

This invention pertains to novel phorboid derivatives which variouslyblock the toxic effects of the hydroxymethyl-containing phorboids, lackthe toxic properties of previously available phorboids and show activityfor applications as therapeutics. The phorboid derivatives of thepresent invention embody very diverse structures and have utility asanti-inflammatory agents, as cancer cell and leukemic cell inhibitoryagents, anti-asthmatic and anti-hypertensive agents, as modulators ofhuman immune cell function, as anti-viral agents, as stimulators of theproduction of lymphokines such as interferon and the interleukins, ascentral nervous system pharmaceuticals for several pathologicalconditions, and as xenobiotics for achieving the control of parasites.

The structural features associated with the non-toxicity anddiacylglycerol binding site modulating properties of these compoundsrelate primarily to the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group found ineach of the toxic parent compounds. Specific modifications of the latterchemical groupings yields non-skin inflammatory compounds that showanti-inflammatory activity in several test systems, whereas any of avery wide variety of changes in other parts of the parent phorboidstructures, including but not limited to diterpenes, indole alkaloids,polyacetates, diaminobenzyl alcohol derivatives, aplysiatoxins,bryostatinoids and benzolactams, have very markedly less effect on theoverall biological properties of the derivatives, other than changes inpotency. This invention also provides new compounds that discriminatebetween phorboid receptor-type targets, with direct or imputed relativebinding activities differing by 10,000-fold or more in some cases.

The hydroxymethyl and 1-hydroxyethyl feature common to all the classesof phorboids is the primary focus of this invention, in which thevariations which can be accommodated in the organic functional groupsreplacing the hydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl groups are found to includenew heteroatoms and to be larger and more complex than previouslyrecognized. Furthermore, the parent structures ofhydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl-modified phorboids have now also been foundto tolerate larger and more complex structural features and more kindsof heteroatoms than previously recognized.

Generally the phorboid derivatives of this invention can be representedby the formula:

    P--G

wherein P represents a radical, formally derived from a parent compound,which compound:

a. binds reversibly or irreversibly to a diacylglycerol-type receptor;and/or

b. activates any form of the enzyme protein kinase C; and

c. contains an hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group bonded to a carbonatom; and

wherein G is any group of 55 or fewer atoms selected from carbon,hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon,arsenic, boron and selenium either i) singly or doubly bonded to thecarbon atom of the parent compound in place of the hydroxymethyl or1-hydroxyethyl group; or ii) singly or doubly bonded to a carbon atomimmediately adjacent to the carbon atom to which the hydroxymethyl or1-hydroxyethyl group is bound in the parent compound; and wherein thehydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group of the parent compound is absentor has been replaced by G.

More specifically, the compounds of this invention are represented bythe formula:

    P.sub.o --S.sub.o --E.sub.o

which depicts a phorboid "parent" compound radical P_(o) modified by asubstituent S_(o) E_(o).

In general, a parent compound is a compound which:

a. binds reversibly or irreversibly to a diacylglycerol-type receptor;and/or

b. activates any form of the enzyme protein kinase C; and

c. contains an hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group bonded to a carbonatom.

For example, a parent compound can be a diterpenoid activator of proteinkinase C; an aromatic heterocyclic activator of protein kinase of theindole, indene, benzofuran, or benzothiophene class, further definedhere by the presence of a substituted or unsubstituted six-atom chainconnecting positions 3 and 4 of the indole, indene, benzofuran orbenzothiophene to form an additional 9-membered ring and by the optionalpresence in this class of one or two nitrogen atoms at any of positions5, 6 and 7 of the benzenoid ring portion of the indole, indene,benzofuran or benzothiophene skeletons; a polyacetate-derived activatorof protein kinase C; an activator of protein kinase C of thediacylglycerol or diacyloxybutanol class; an activator of protein kinaseC of the diaminobenzyl alcohol class; a protein kinase C activator ofthe bryostatin class; or, an activator of protein kinase C of thebenzolactam class. The word "chain", when used in describing thecompounds of this invention, means a sequence of atoms covalently bound,one to the next. These sequences of covalently bound atoms may besubstituted or unsubstituted as further specified in the particularsdescribed herein.

S_(o) --E_(o) represents a modifying substituent which is either:

i) singly or doubly bonded to the carbon atom of the parent compoundP_(o) in place of the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group; or

ii) singly or doubly bonded to a carbon immediately adjacent to thecarbon atom to which the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl is bonded.

In the S_(o) --E_(o) substituent, S_(o) can be a substituted orunsubstituted, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic, straight orbranched, acyclic, ring-containing and/or ring-carrying chain of atomswhich separates P_(o) and E_(o) by a linear count of at least two butnot more than 12 atoms and contains and/or carries not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus,arsenic, boron and selenium, and not more than 16 halogen atoms;provided that the total number of atoms does not exceed 35; and in somecases S_(o) may be a single or double bond; and E_(o) can be hydrogen,halogen or a saturated or singly or multiply unsaturated groupcontaining up to 15 carbon atoms and optionally containing 1 to 12halogen atoms and/or 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, arsenic, boron and selenium. S_(o) E_(o)taken together may also be a hydrogen, halogen, thionic sulfur atom orketonic oxygen atom or a hydroxy, amino, or thiol group singly or doublybonded to the carbon atom of the parent compound P_(o) in place of thehydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

All seven classes of the known phorboids have one structural element incommon. Each prototypical member of these classes has either ahydroxymethyl group or a 1-hydroxyethyl group. The design of thephorboid derivatives of this invention is based on the finding that thehydroxymethyl and 1-hydroxyethyl groups, which previously were thoughtto be required for biological activity of phorboids containing thesegroups, can be replaced by other substituents of very diverse nature,even though these new substituents are very substantially larger and ofmore diverse structure and heteroatom composition than the originalhydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl group.

For example, the hydroxymethyl group of a typical diterpene phorboidsuch as phorbol-12-myristate 13-acetate may even be replaced by atetracyclic structure containing some 36 carbon atoms, to form thedimeric molecule ##STR2## which still exhibits diacylglycerol sitebinding activity and anti-viral properties.

The compounds resulting from the hydroxymethyl changes described herevariously block the toxic effects of the hydroxymethyl-containingphorboids, lack the skin-inflammatory properties associated with thepreviously available phorboids and show useful activity as therapeuticagents. These new compounds thus have utility as, variously,anti-inflammatory agents, anti-viral agents and anti-leukemic agents,for example.

Although the replacement of the hydroxymethyl group or 1-hydroxyethylgroup is very specific and leads to an extreme and profound change inbiological properties, a wide range, much wider than previouslyrecognized, of structural alterations in thenon-hydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl portions of the novel compounds can betolerated without material loss of their basic, favorable biologicalproperties.

The phorboid derivatives of this invention are generally represented bythe formula:

    P--G

The formula depicts a radical, P, derived from a parent compound, whichcompound:

a. binds reversibly or irreversibly to a diacylglycerol-type receptor;and/or

b. activates any form of the enzyme protein kinase C; and

c. contains an hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group bonded to a carbonatom; and

wherein G is any group of 55 or fewer atoms selected from carbon,hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon,arsenic, boron and selenium either: i) singly or doubly bonded to thecarbon atom of the parent compound in place of the hydroxymethyl or1-hydroxyethyl group; or ii) singly or doubly bonded to a carbon atomimmediately adjacent to the carbon atom to which the hydroxymethyl or1-hydroxyethyl group is bound in the parent compound; and wherein thehydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group of the parent compound is absentor has been replaced by G.

More specifically, the phorboid derivatives of this invention arerepresented by the formula:

    P.sub.o --S.sub.o --E.sub.o

The formula depicts a radical P_(o), formally derived from a parenthydroxymethyl-containing phorboid compound, bonded to an S_(o) --E_(o)substituent.

P_(o) represents a radical formally derived from a compound whichcontains an hydroxymethyl (or the equivalent 1-hydroxyethyl) group andwhich binds reversibly or irreversibly to a diacylglycerol-type receptorand/or activates any form of the enzyme protein kinase C. P_(o) may beformally derived from phorboids from any of the seven classes listedbelow:

i) a diterpenoid activator of protein kinase C;

ii) an aromatic heterocyclic activator of protein kinase of the indole,indene, benzofuran, or benzothiophene class, further defined here by themandatory presence of a substituted or unsubstituted six-atom chainconnecting positions 3 and 4 of the indole, indene, benzofuran orbenzothiophene skeleton to form an additional 9-membered ring and by theoptional presence in this class of one or two nitrogen atoms at any ofpositions 5, 6 and 7 of the benzenoid ring portion of the indole,indene, benzofuran or benzothiophene skeletons;

iii) a polyacetate-derived activator of protein kinase C;

iv) an activator of protein kinase C of the diacylglycerol ordiacyloxybutanol class;

v) an activator of protein kinase C of the diaminobenzyl alcohol class;

vi) a protein kinase C activator of the bryostatin class; and

vii) a protein kinase C activator of the benzolactam class.

All of these parent phorboids contain an hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethylgroup which is shown in the present invention to be associated withtheir toxic biological activity, such as skin inflammatory activitymeasured on the mouse ear.

S_(o) --E_(o) represents a substituent which is either:

i) singly or doubly bonded to the carbon atom of the parent compound inplace of the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group; or

ii) singly or doubly bonded to a carbon immediately adjacent to thecarbon atom to which the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group is boundin the parent compound.

In this S_(o) --E_(o) substituent, S_(o) can be a substituted orunsubstituted, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic, straight orbranched, acyclic, ring-containing and/or ring-carrying chain of atomswhich separates P_(o) and E_(o) by a linear count of at least two butnot more than 12 atoms and contains and/or carries not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus,arsenic, boron and selenium, and not more than 16 halogen atoms;provided that the total number of atoms does not exceed 35; and in somecases S_(o) may be a single or double bond; and E_(o) can be hydrogen,halogen or a saturated or singly or multiply unsaturated groupcontaining up to 15 carbon atoms and optionally containing 1 to 12halogen atoms and/or 1 to 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, arsenic, boron and selenium. S_(o) E_(o)taken together may also be a hydrogen, halogen, thionic sulfur atom orketonic oxygen atom or a hydroxy, amino, or thiol group singly or doublybonded to the carbon atom of the parent compound P_(o) in place of thehydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group.

In a preferred embodiment, the phorboid derivatives of this inventionare represented as follows:

    P.sub.x --S.sub.x --E.sub.1

wherein P_(x) can be selected from seven different classes of compoundsdesignated P₁ -P₇ and defined below, wherein S_(x) is selected fromseven different structural types as defined below and E₁ is as definedbelow.

P₁, P₂, P₃, P₄, P₅, P₆ and P₇ represent compounds of each of the sevenclasses of known phorboids and are defined by the formulae below.

P₁ is a radical of the formula: ##STR3## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A¹ and A² may beindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen and a substituent havingnot more than 34 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and notmore than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur, or A¹ and A² taken together may complete a 5- or6-membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring,optionally substituted by 1-8 halogens and/or other groups, whichhalogens and groups taken together contain a total of not more than 30carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur; A³ is a three atom chain which carries S_(x) E₁ and completes a7-membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring optionallysubstituted by 1-6 halogens and/or other groups, which halogens andgroups taken together, excluding S_(x) E₁, contain not more than 12carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogen atoms, and not more than 5heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur; provided that, including S_(x) E₁, the middle carbon atom of A³is not substituted by hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl; A⁴ completes a 6-or 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which is connected in theβ configuration to either carbon atom 9 or 10 and carries an 11-methylgroup in the α or β configuration, wherein A⁴ is optionally substitutedfurther by 1-10 halogens and/or other groups, the group or groupsoptionally completing 1-3 additional rings through bonds amongthemselves and/or 1-5 additional rings when taken together with A¹, A²,a ring formed by A¹ and A² together, and/or a bond to carbon atom 9,which halogens and groups taken together include not more than 40 carbonatoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 15 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; carbonatom 9 may be optionally bound to a substituent by a single or doublebond (some preferred substituents are hydrogen, hydroxy, acetoxy orother acyloxy, orthoesteroxy, ether or silyl ether, ketonic oxygen atomor thionic sulfur atom); J¹ is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, hydroxy, amino,mono- or di(lower-alkyl)amino, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, propargyl,cyano, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, acetoxy, propanoyloxy, acetyl,propanoyl, hydroxyacetyl, 2-hydroxypropanoyloxy, 3-hydroxypropanoyl,acetamido, propanamido, hydroxyacetamido, 2-hydroxypropanamido, or3-hydroxypropanamido (each of which must be situated in the βconfiguration), or J¹ taken together with A¹, A², A³ or a ring formed byA¹ together with A² completes a 3- to 7-membered, substituted orunsubstituted, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, the substituents ofwhich contain not more than 15 carbon atoms, not more than 10 halogens,and not more than 8 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; and, J² is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, allyl, propargyl, n-propyland isopropyl; provided that, if A¹ and A² are not linked to form aring, A⁴ must carry a cyclopropyl at positions 13 and 14, and the totalP₁ ring skeleton may not comprise any of the following six frameworks,which are derived from various homo-, nor- and homo-nor-steroids:##STR4##

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₁ ismaintained, provided that: for all P₁, when S_(x) E₁ are taken togetherand bonded to carbon 6, they may not comprise --CH₃, --CH═O, --CH₂O--R_(e) ^(e) (wherein R_(e) ^(e) is an acyl group, a C₁ -C₆ hydrocarbonradical, a substituted or unsubstituted triphenylmethyl group, a (C₁ -C₆linear or branched alkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n) silyl group, wherein n is0-3, or --C(CH₃)₂ O-- or --B(C₆ H₅)O-- linked via the oxygen atom to theβ configuration of carbon 5 of P₁), or --CH═NNHR_(h) wherein R_(h) is aphenyl ring with or without substituents; P₁ S_(x) E₁ may not include12-β-13-α-diacetoxy derivatives of compounds having the exact 20-carbontigliane or the exact 19-carbon 20-nor-tigliane skeleton; P₁ S_(x) E₁may not comprise 20-deoxy-20-chlorocrotophorbolone nor20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-diesters wherein the ester groups areboth selected from saturated or unsaturated alkanoyl or are bothbenzoyl; if S_(x) E₁ taken together is ═CH₂ bonded to carbon 6, P₁ maynot carry a ring formed by --OC(CH₃)₂ O-- bonded in the β configurationto carbons 3 and 4; and, P₁ S_(x) E₁ may not comprise6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-didecanoate or6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-diacetate.

P₂ is a radical of the formula: ##STR5## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B¹ completes a6-membered aromatic ring which may be carbocyclic or may optionallycontain one or two nitrogen atoms at any of positions 5, 6 and 7 of thering, wherein positions 5, 6 and/or 7 of B¹ are optionally andindependently substituted on carbon by halogen(s) and/or by straightchain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturatedand/or aromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, whichhalogen(s) and groups taken together contain not more than 40 carbonatoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 9 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, thegroups being optionally connected to one another and/or to B² to form1-3 additional rings; B² is selected from oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide,sulfone, monofluoromethylene, difluoromethylene, and a carbon ornitrogen atom optionally substituted by groups having not more than 15carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 6heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur, and B² may be linked to B¹ or K¹ to form an additionalcarbocyclic or heterocyclic ring,; K¹ is hydrogen, halogen or a groupcontaining not more than 15 carbon atoms, not more than 18 halogenatoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, and K¹ may be linked to B² or B³ or toboth B² and B³ to form one or more additional carbocyclic and/orheterocyclic rings; B³ is a 2-carbon chain optionally substituted byhalogen(s) and/or one or more groups which, taken together but excludingS_(x) E₁, contain not more than 12 carbon atoms, not more than 6 halogenatoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,and sulfur; provided that, including S_(x) E₁, the carbon atom of B³bonded to K² as defined below does not carry --CH₂ OH or --CHCH₃ OH; K²is selected from oxygen, sulfur --NK⁶ -- or --CK⁶ K⁷ -- wherein K⁶ ishydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, ethyl, fluoro, n-propyl, allyl, or propargyl,and K⁷ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl or cyano; K³and K⁴ may be the same or may differ and each may independently behydrogen, halogen, a substituent group, or may complete an additionalring connecting K³ and K⁴ or connecting either K³ or K⁴ to K⁵, such thatK³ and K⁴ taken together contain not more than 18 carbon atoms, not morethan 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; and, K⁵ is selectedfrom oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfone or --NK⁸ --, --NOK⁸ -- or --CK⁸K⁹ -- wherein K⁸ is hydrogen or a group containing not more than 30carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 8heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur, and K⁹ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, hydroxy, halogen,allyl, propargyl, cyano, or trifluoromethyl.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₂ ismaintained, provided that P₂ S_(x) E₁ may not comprise(-)-1,10,14-O-trimethylindolactam V, and provided further that if B¹completes an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic aromatic ring, andB² is --NH--, --N--(C₁ -C₁₂ linear or branched alkyl or alkanoyl)-,--N--COOCH₂ C₆ H₅ -- or --N--COOC(CH₃)₃ --, and B³ is --CH₂ CH--, and K¹is hydrogen, and K² is --NH--, and K⁴ is hydrogen, and K⁵ is --NH-- or--N(C₁ -C₃ -alkyl)-, then (i) if S_(x) E₁ is bonded to the carbon atomin B³ that is adjacent to K², then S_(x) E₁ may not be --COOMe or--COOEt; and (ii) if S_(x) is a single bond directed to the carbon atomin B³ that is adjacent to K², and E₁ is --CH₂ --R_(e) ^(e), then R_(e)^(e) may not comprise any of hydrogen, chloro, bromo, C₁ -C₁₂ saturatedor unsaturated, linear or branched alkoxy, --OCH₂ OCH₃, C₁ -C₁₂ linearor branched alkanoyloxy, bromoacetoxy, benzoyloxy, azidobenzoyloxy,3,5-(CH₃)₂ C₆ H₃ COO--, methanesulfonyloxy, toluenesulfonyloxy,dansyloxy, (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy, or (C₁ -C₆ linear or branchedalkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n) -silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

P₃ is a radical of the formula: ##STR6## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L¹, L² and L³ areindividually selected from nitrogen or substituted or unsubstitutedcarbon; D¹ and D² each may be a bond or a substituted or unsubstitutedcarbon atom; D¹ may be linked to L¹, L² or both L¹ and L² to formadditional fused carbocyclic and/or heterocyclic substituted orunsubstituted rings; and D² may be linked to L², L³ or both L² and L³ toform additional fused carbocyclic and/or heterocyclic substituted orunsubstituted rings; D³ and D⁴ each are heteroatom-containing functionalgroups, the heteroatoms being selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; D³ may be linked to L¹, L² or both L¹ and L² toform additional fused substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic and/orheterocyclic rings; and D⁴ may be linked to L², L³ or both L² and L³ toform additional fused substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic and/orheterocyclic rings; provided that D¹ and D³ taken together and D² and D⁴taken together both embody at least one oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus or sulfur atom separated from the aromatic nucleus by zero orone intervening carbon atom; and L⁴ and L⁵ are groups which, takentogether, contain about 2-40 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogenatoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; provided that S_(x) E₁ may not behydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₃ ismaintained, provided that: for all P₃, S_(x) E₁ taken together may notcomprise CO₂ Me, CO₂ Et, CONH₂, --CH₂ --R_(e) ^(e) or --CH(CH₃)--R_(e)^(e) (wherein R_(e) ^(e) is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, an acyloxy group, aC₁ -C₁₂ saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched alkoxy, substitutedor unsubstituted triphenylmethyloxy, --OCH₂ OCH₃,(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy, or a (C₁ -C₆ linear or branchedalkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n) silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

P₄ is a radical of the formula: ##STR7## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein V¹ is a bond or is acarbon atom carrying substituents individually selected from hydrogen,methyl, and halogen; V² and V³ are individually selected from oxygen,sulfur, sulfoxide, and --NV⁴ -- in which V⁴ is hydrogen or a hydrocarbonradical containing not more than 30 carbon atoms; F¹ and F²independently are groups which, taken together, contain 10-40 carbonatoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 8 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, andwherein F¹ and F² may optionally be linked to form a structurecomprising 1-3 rings; F³ is hydrogen or a substituent selected frommethyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, cyano, vinyl,ethynyl, allyl, and propargyl; F⁴ and F⁵ each may be hydrogen or may behydrocarbon or halogenated hydrocarbon radicals which, taken together,contain not more than 40 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atomsand not more than 8 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur, and wherein F⁴ and F⁵ may optionally be linked toform a structure comprising 1-3 rings; provided that V⁴, F¹, F², F⁴ andF⁵ taken together contain not more than 50 carbon atoms, not more than30 halogens and not more than 12 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur, silicon and phosphorus; and provided that S_(x) E₁ maynot be hydrogen, methyl, chloromethyl, hydroxymethyl, mercaptomethyl,unsubstituted carboxamido, 1-hydroxyethyl or alkanoyloxymethyl.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₄ ismaintained, provided that: for all P₄, S_(x) E₁ taken together may notcomprise CO₂ Me, CO₂ Et, CONH₂, --CH₂ --R_(e) ^(e) or --CH(CH₃)--R_(e)^(e), wherein R_(e) ^(e) is hydrogen, a halogen, an acyloxy group, a C₁-C₁₂ saturated or unsaturated linear or branched alkoxy, anunsubstituted or substituted triphenylmethyloxy group, --OCH₂ OCH₃,(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy, or a (C₁ -C₆ linear or branchedalkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n) silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

P₅ is a radical of the formula: ##STR8## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein U¹ and U²,independently, are selected from hydrogen, azide, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₇ alkoxy, C₁₋₇ alkenoxy, C₁₋₇ alkynoxy, thiol, C₁₋₇ alkanoyl, C₁₋₇saturated or unsaturated alkyl, and cyano; or U¹ and U² taken togethermay be an oxygen atom forming an epoxy group or may be an additionalbond forming an unsaturated linkage; U³ is selected from hydrogen,halogen, C₁₋₁₂ alkyl, C₁ -C₁₂ alkenyl, C₁ -C₁₂ alkynyl, C₁ -C₁₂ alkoxy,C₁ -C₁₂ alkenoxy, C₁ -C₁₂ alkynoxy, and aryl or C₇ -C₁₂ aralkyl whereinthe aryl group may be substituted by nitro, halogen, cyano, and/ordi(lower-alkyl)amino groups; U⁴ -U⁶, independently, are selected fromhydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, di(lower-alkyl)amino, C₁₋₇saturated or unsaturated alkyl, hydroxy, C₁₋₇ saturated or unsaturatedalkoxy, C₁₋₇ carboalkoxy, C₁₋₇ alkanoyloxy, and azide; and U⁷ isselected from hydrogen, C₁₋₇ saturated or unsaturated alkyl, and C₁₋₇saturated or unsaturated alkanoyl; provided that if S_(x) E₁ ishydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl or acetoxymethyl, then S_(x) E₁ may not bebonded to carbon 29.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₅ ismaintained, provided that: for all P₅, if S_(x) E₁ is bonded to carbon29, then S_(x) E₁ taken together may not comprise --CH₂ --R_(e) ^(e) or--CH(CH₃)--R_(e) ^(e), wherein R_(e) ^(e) is acetoxy, benzyloxy,benzyloxymethoxy or (C₁ -C₆ linear or branched alkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n)silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

P₆ is a radical of the formula: ##STR9## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein W¹ is selected fromhydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C₁₋₅ alkoxy, C₁₋₅ alkanoyloxy and cyano; W²is selected from oxo, hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, C₁₋₇ alkyl, C₁₋₇ alkoxy,C₁₋₇ alkanoyloxy, and halogen; W³ -W⁵ each may be hydrogen or a groupcontaining not more than 30 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogenatoms, and not more than 8 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,and sulfur, and W⁴ and W⁵ taken together may form an additionalcarbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; W⁶ is hydrogen or a group containingnot more than 15 carbon atoms, not more than 12 halogen atoms and notmore than 5 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; andW⁶, taken together with W⁴ and W⁵, may complete an additionalcarbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, provided that if S_(x) E₁ ishydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl then S_(x) E₁ may not be bonded tocarbon 25.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₆ ismaintained, provided that: for all P₆, if S_(x) E₁ is bonded to carbon25, then S_(x) E₁ taken together may not comprise an acetyl group or--CH(CH₃)--R_(e) ^(e), wherein R_(e) ^(e) is C₁ -C₁₂ saturated orunsaturated, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted,alkanoyloxy or benzoyloxy, substituted benzoyloxy, aroyloxy or (C₁ -C₆linear or branched alkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n) silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

P₇ is a radical of the formula: ##STR10## in the form of an individualisomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein K₇ ¹ represents 1-4identical or different substituents located independently at carbons 7,8, 9 and/or 10, which substituents may independently be hydrogen,halogen and/or other groups which, taken together, contain not more than9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur, the groups being optionally connected to one another and/or toK₇ ⁵ to form 1-2 additional carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings; K₇ ² isselected from oxygen, sulfur --NK₇ ⁶ -- or --CK₇ ⁶ K₇ ⁷ wherein K₇ ⁶ ishydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, ethyl, fluoro, n-propyl, allyl, or propargyl,and K₇ ⁷ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl or cyano;K₇ ³ and K₇ ⁴ may be the same or may differ and each may independentlybe hydrogen, halogen, a substituent group, or may complete an additionalring connecting K₇ ³ and K₇ ⁴ or connecting either K₇ ³ or K₇ ⁴ to K₇ ⁵such that K₇ ³ and K₇ ⁴ taken together contain not more than 18 carbonatoms, not more than 12 halogen atoms, and not more than 8 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; K₇ ⁵ isselected from oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfone or --NK₇ ⁸ --, --NOK₇ ⁸-- or --CK₇ ⁸ K₇ ⁹ -- wherein K₇ ⁸ is hydrogen or a group containing notmore than 30 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not morethan 8 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorusand sulfur, and K₇ ⁹ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, hydroxy,halogen, allyl, propargyl, cyano, or trifluoromethyl; y may either be 0or 1; and, Q is as defined below; provided that if S_(x) E₁ ishydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl then S_(x) E₁ may not be bound to carbon5.

In a preferred mode of this invention the above definition of P₇ ismaintained, provided that if K₇ ³ is isopropyl, and K₇ ⁴ is hydrogen,and K₇ ² is --NH--, and K₇ ¹ is hydrogen and/or an unbranched alkylgroup attached to carbon 9, and K₇ ⁵ is --NH--, --N(CH₃)-- or--N(CHO)--, then if S_(x) is a single bond directed to the carbon atomthat is adjacent to K₇ ² and E₁ is --CH₂ --R_(e) ^(e) then R_(e) ^(e) isnot acetoxy or (C₁ -C₆ linear or branched alkyl)_(n) (phenyl)_(3-n)silyloxy, wherein n is 0-3.

S_(x) may represent any of a broad range of connecting chains or groupsof atoms, designated S_(B), S₁, S₂, S₃, S₄, S₅ and S₆. Surprisingly,these organic functional groups may be hydrophobic in nature, with fewif any polar or heteroatoms present, may be extensivelyhalogen-substituted, or may contain one or several polar atoms such asoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus, arsenic, boron, selenium and/orsulfur in any of numerous chemical groupings. Such functional groupingsmay even bear positive or negative charges at physiologic pH, and thevalues which are permissible for S_(x) also may include combinations ofhydrophobic, halogenated, hydrophilic and/or charged functional groups.The resultant compounds in any case generally display, variously, theprotein kinase C-modulatory, non-toxic agonist, and/or antagonisticproperties, selectivities and utilities described in this invention.

In a preferred mode of this invention, S_(B) --S₆ may comprise thefollowing values.

S_(B) is a single or double bond.

S₁ is a chain of atoms of the formula: ##STR11## wherein a, b, d, e, andg may independently be from 0 to 3; c and f may independently be 0 or 1;the sum of (a+b+c+d+e+f+g) is at least 1 but not more than 12; and if cand f are both 1, then the sum of (d+e) must be at least 1; and X and X'are as defined below.

S₂ is a chain of atoms of the formula: ##STR12## wherein h, i, k, m, p,and q may be independently be from 0 to 3; j and n may independently be0 or 1; if j and n are both 1 and 1 is 0, then the sum of (k+m) must beat least 1; if n is 1 and o is 0, then the sum of (p+q) must be at least1; the sum of (1+o) is 1-3; and the sum of(h+i+j+k+2l+m+n+2o+p+q) is atleast 1 but not more than 12; and X, X', Y and Y' are as defined below.

S₃ is a chain of atoms of the formula: ##STR13## wherein r, s, u, y, a',and b' may independently be from 0 to 3, the sum of (t+z) is 0 or 1; thesum of(v+w+x) is 1, the sum of(y+z+a'+b') is at least 1; and the sumof(r+s+2t+u+2v+3w+4x+y+2z+a'+b') is at least 1 but not more than 12; andY, Y', Z¹, Z², and Z³ are as defined below.

S₄ is a chain of atoms defined by: ##STR14## wherein c', d', e', h', andi' may independently be from 0 to 3; the sum of (f+g') must be 1 or 2;f' and g' may independently be 0 or 1; and the sum of(c'+d'+e'+f'+g'+h'+i') is at least 1 but not more than 12; and M, M',and R^(Q) are as defined below.

S₅ is a chain of atoms defined by: ##STR15## wherein j', k', m', q', ands' may independently be from 0 to 3; l' and r' may each be 0 or 1, butthe sum of (l'+r') must be 1 or 2; n' and p' may each be 0 or 1, but thesum of (n'+p') must be 0 or 1; the value of o' may be 0-2; if the sum of(n'+p') is 1 and l' is 0, then q' must be at least 1; if the sum of(n'+p') is l and r' is 0, then m' must be at least 1; and the sum of(j'+k+l'+m'+n'+o'+p'+q'+r'+s') is at least 1 but not more than 12; andQ, Q', X, X', and Y are as defined below.

S₆ is a chain of atoms defined by: ##STR16## wherein u', v', w', x', y',z', and m" may each be 0 or 1; t' and a" may each independently be 0-6;the sum of (t'+u'+v'+2w'+x'+2y'+z'+a") must be 0-8; b", d", e", f", h",j", k" and n" may each independently be 0 or 1; c", g", i", and l" mayeach independently be 0-3; if d" and j" are both 1, then the sum of(g"+i") must be at least 1; if either j" or k" is 1, then l" must be atleast 1; if b" is 1, then the sum of (c"+g"+h"+i"+l") must be at least1; if d" is 1, then the sum of (g"+h"+i"+l") must be at least 1; and thesum of (t'+u'+v'+2w'+x'+2y'+z'+a"+b"+c"+d"+e"+2f"+g"+2h"+i"+j"+k"+l")must be 0-14; if m" is zero, R₆ ³ or R₆ ⁴ may optionally comprise anadditional bond to G² as defined below, thus completing an unsaturatedlinkage; if n" and b" are zero, R₆ ⁵ or R₆ ⁶ may optionally comprise anadditional bond to G², thus completing an unsaturated linkage; one ofthe substituents R₆ ¹ -R₆ ⁴ and/or one of the substituents R₆ ⁵ -R₆ ¹²may optionally comprise the same or different values of G¹, as definedbelow; and M, M', R^(Q), R^(Q'), R^(Q"), R^(Q'"), X, X', X", Y, Y', Z⁴,Z^(4'), Z⁵ and Z^(5') are as defined below.

For S₁ -S₆, R₁ ¹ through R₆ ¹² may be the same or different and each maybe hydrogen, halogen or an acyclic substituent containing not more than20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 6heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, boron,arsenic, phosphorus and selenium; one substituent selected from R₁ ¹, R₁², R₂ ¹, R₂ ², R₃ ¹, R₃ ², R₄ ¹, R₄ ², R₅ ¹, R₅ ², R₆ ¹ and R₆ ² mayoptionally comprise an additional bond completing an unsaturated linkageto P_(x) ; one or two of the substituents R₁ ¹ -R₅ ¹² may optionallycomprise the same or different values of G¹, as defined below; onesubstituent selected from R₁ ¹¹, R₁ ¹², R₂ ¹¹, R₂ ¹², R₃ ¹¹, R₃ ¹², R₄¹¹, R₄ ¹², R₅ ¹¹, R₅ ¹², R₆ ¹¹ and R₆ ¹² may optionally comprise anadditional bond to E₁, thereby completing an unsaturated linkage; one ofthe substituents R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹² may be linked to either the atom in P_(x)that carries the S_(x) chain or to an atom in P_(x) adjacent thereto, toform a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic4-8 membered ring optionally containing 1-4 identical or different ringhetero members selected from X and ═N--, the ring being optionallysubstituted by 1-8 identical or different substituents, preferablyselected from halogen, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano,azide, nitro, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃,OCF₃, SH, SCH₃, SOCH₃, SCF₃, COOH, COOCH₃, COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino,mono- or dialkylamino totaling 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, acetamido,N-methylacetamido, carboxamido, N-alkylated carboxamido containing 1-4carbon atoms inclusive, hydroxyacetyl and hydroxyacetoxy.

The foregoing description of S₁ -S₆ is subject to the restriction that,for any given S₁, S₂, S₃, S₄, S₅ or S₆, but excluding P_(x) and E₁ : thetotal of carbon atoms is 25 or less; the total of halogen atoms is 16 orless; the total of oxygen atoms is 6 or less; the total of nitrogenatoms is 4 or less; the sulfur, silicon, boron and phosphorus atoms eachtotal 3 or less; the arsenic and selenium atoms each total 1 or less;and the total of oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, boron, arsenic, phosphorus,selenium and sulfur atoms together is 8 or less.

In a preferred mode of this invention, the oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur,silicon and/or phosphorus atoms in R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹² may be situated in avariety of functional groups such as hydroxy, amino, hydroxylamine,tertiary amine oxide, Schiff's base, hydrazine, thiol, nitro, nitroso,oxime, azide, ether, acetal, ketal, thioether, aldehyde, keto,hydrazone, carboxy, mercaptocarbonyl, mercaptothionocarbonyl, sulfonate,sulfonyl, sulfoxide, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphate ester,phosphonate ester, phosphine, phosphine oxide, thionophosphine,phosphite, phosphonium, phosphorothioate, thionophosphate ester,thiophosphonate, thionophosphonate ester, silane, silanol, silanediol,fluorinated silane, ester, amide, cyano, hydrazide, carbonate,carbamate, urea, isourea, carboxamidine, imidate, guanidine, thioester,thioamide, thiocarbonate, dithiocarbonate, thiocarbamate,dithiocarbamate, thiourea, isothiourea, thioimidate, nitroguanidine,cyanoguanidine and xanthate. Preferably, for any given S_(x), the totalof --OH groups is 3 or less, the total of --NH₂ groups is 2 or less, thetotal of --SH groups is 2 or less, and the total of --OH, --SH and --NH₂groups is 4 or less.

X, X', X" may be the same or different and are selected from: ##STR17##or from --Se--, --B(R_(X) ⁴)-- and --O--B(R_(X) ⁵)--O--; wherein R_(X)¹, R_(X) ², R_(X) ¹¹ and R_(X) ¹² may independently be hydrogen; R_(X) ¹through R_(X) ¹² may be the same or different and each may be an acyclicsubstituent containing 1-20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogenatoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,and sulfur, such that for any substituent the oxygen atoms total 4 orless, the nitrogen atoms total 4 or less, and the sulfur atoms total 2or less. R_(X) ⁴, R_(X) ⁵, R_(X) ¹¹ and R_(X) ¹² may independently behydroxy; Q and Q' are as defined below; R_(X) ¹ may optionally representan additional bond to P_(x), thus completing an unsaturated linkage;and, one to four of the substituents R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² may optionallycomprise the same or different values of G¹, as defined below.

Y and Y' may be the same or different and are selected from: ##STR18##wherein R_(Y) ¹ and R_(Y) ², and R_(Y) ³ and R_(Y) ⁴, each pair beingcis or trans relative to one another, may be the same or different andeach may be hydrogen or an acyclic substituent containing not more than20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 6heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, such that forany substituent the oxygen atoms total 4 of less, the nitrogen atomstotal 4 or less, and the sulfur atoms total 2 or less; R_(Y) ¹ and R_(Y)² may also independently be halogen; one or two of the substituentsR_(Y) ¹ -R_(Y) ⁴ may optionally comprise the same or different values ofG¹, as defined below; and one of the substituents R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² andR_(Y) ¹ -R_(Y) ⁴ may be linked to either the atom in P_(x) that carriesthe chain containing X, X', and/or X" or to an atom in P_(x) adjacentthereto, to form a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic orheterocyclic 4-8 membered ring defined as for the analogous R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹²-containing ring above.

In a preferred embodiment, the substituents R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² and R_(Y)¹ -R_(Y) ⁴ are selected from hydroxy, amino, thiol, nitro, azide, ether,thioether, aldehyde, keto, carboxy, mercaptocarbonyl,mercaptothionocarbonyl, sulfonate, sulfonyl, sulfoxide, ester, amide,cyano, carbonate, carbamate, urea, isourea, carboxamidine, guanidine,thioester, thioamide, thiourea, nitroguanidine, cyanoguanidine andxanthate.

Z¹ is selected from: ##STR19## wherein the substituents R_(Z) ¹ -R_(Z)³⁰) are generally selected from hydrogen, halogen in cases where achemically stable structure results, and a radical containing about 1-12carbon atoms and optionally containing 0-12 halogens and 0-6 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.

In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the substituents R_(Z) ¹-R_(Z) ³⁰ comprise a range of saturated or unsaturated substituents asdescribed below, wherein the terms alkyl, halogenated alkyl and acyl aretaken to include alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenoyl and alkynoyl and theirhalogenated forms.

Thus: R₆ ²⁶ be any of the values specified for R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² above;R_(Z) ¹⁸ and R_(Z) ¹⁹ individually may be --O--, --S--, or --NR_(Z) ²¹--, wherein R_(Z) ²¹ may be hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,2-hydroxy-n-propyl, 2-acetoxyethyl, or 2-acetoxy-n-propyl; R_(Z) ¹⁷ andR_(Z) ²⁰ individually may be hydrogen or a substituent selected fromC₁₋₄ alkyl; C₁₋₄ alkoxy; C₁₋₄ alkylthio; phenoxy or thiophenoxyoptionally substituted by methyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, thiol,carboxy, carboxymethyl, amino, methoxy, halogen, and/or nitro; or aminooptionally mono- or disubstituted by C₁₋₄ alkyl or monosubstituted bycyano, nitro or phenyl optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy,hydroxymethyl, thiol, carboxy, carboxymethyl, amino, and/or nitro, R_(Z)¹ -R_(Z) ¹⁶, R_(Z) ²² -R_(Z) ²⁵ and R_(Z) ²⁷ -R_(Z) ³⁰ may be hydrogen,a saturated or unsaturated substituent selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆halogenated alkyl, and cyclohexyl, or may be phenyl or benzyl, eachoptionally substituted by methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, thiol,carboxy, carboxymethyl, amino, methoxy, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl,and/or halogen; R_(Z) ¹ -R_(Z) ⁴, R_(Z) ⁷, R_(Z) ¹⁰, R_(Z) ¹², R_(Z) ¹³and R_(Z) ²⁷ -R_(Z) ³⁰ may also be independently selected from C₁₋₆acyl, C₁₋₆ halogenated acyl, C₂₋₆ monohydroxyacyl, and C₂₋₆hydroxyalkyl; R_(Z) ⁵ and R_(Z) ⁶ may also be independently selectedfrom C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkoxy; and R_(Z) ⁸,R_(Z) ⁹, R_(Z) ²³ and R_(Z) ²⁴ may also independently be C₂₋₆hydroxyalkyl; one of the substituents R_(Z) ¹ -R_(Z) ¹⁷, R_(Z) ²⁰, R_(Z)²¹, R_(Z) ²² and R_(Z) ²⁵ may be linked to either the atom in P_(x) thatcarries the chain containing Z¹ or to an atom in P_(x) adjacent thereto,to form a saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic, carbocyclic orheterocyclic 4-8 membered ring optionally containing 1-4 other identicalor different hetero ring members selected from O, S, ═N--, and NH, thering being optionally substituted on its carbon and/or NH members by 1-8identical or different substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy,methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano, azide, nitro, hydroxymethyl,1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃, OCF₃, SH, SCH₃, SOCH₃, SCF₃,COOH, COOCH₃, COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylaminototaling 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, acetamido, N-methylacetamido,carboxamido, N-alkylated carboxamido containing 1-4 carbon atomsinclusive, hydroxyacetyl and hydroxyacetoxy; R_(Z) ²⁶ may comprise G¹ asdefined below; an optional ring may be formed between R_(Z) ²⁶ and P_(x)as described above for R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² ; R_(Z) ¹, R_(Z) ⁴, R_(Z) ⁷,R_(Z) ²⁶ or R_(Z) ²⁷ may comprise an additional bond to P_(x), thuscompleting an unsaturated linkage; and only one of the substituentsR_(Z) ¹ -R_(Z) ²⁵ may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl.

M and M' independently may be: ##STR20## wherein R_(M) ¹ and R_(M) ² maybe the same or different and each may be hydrogen or a saturated orsingly or multiply unsaturated, straight or branched, acyclicsubstituent containing 1-20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogenatoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,and sulfur, in which the oxygen atoms total 4 or less, the nitrogenatoms total 4 or less, and the sulfur atoms total 2 or less, theheteroatoms being preferably situated in functional groups selected fromhydroxy, amino, thiol, nitro, azide, ether, thioether, aldehyde, keto,carboxy, ester, amide, cyano, nitroguanidine, and cyanoguanidine; R_(M)¹ may optionally comprise an additional bond to P_(x) group, thuscompleting an unsaturated linkage; R_(M) ¹ or R_(M) ² may optionallycomprise the same or different values of G¹, as defined below; R_(M) ¹or R_(M) ² may be linked to either the atom in P_(x) that carries thechain containing M and/or M' or to an atom in P_(x) adjacent thereto, toform a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic4-8 membered ring defined as for the analogous R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹² -containingring above.

Q--Q'" independently may be:

    ═O ═S ═N--R.sub.Q.sup.1 or ═N--O--R.sub.Q.sup.2

wherein R_(Q) ¹ and R_(Q) ² may be the same or different and each mayhave the values specified above for R_(M) ¹ and R_(M) ² ; R_(Q) ¹ and/orR_(Q) ² may optionally comprise the same or different values of G¹, asdefined below; R_(Q) ¹ may be linked to either the atom in P_(x) thatcarries the chain containing Q and/or Q' or to an atom in P_(x) adjacentthereto, to form a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic orheterocyclic 4-8 membered ring defined as for the analogous R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹²-containing ring above.

R^(Q) --R^(Q'") are independently selected from: ##STR21## wherein R_(Q)³ and R_(Q) ⁴ may be the same or different and each may be selected fromhalogen and the values specified above for R_(M) ¹ and R_(M) ² ; R_(Q) ³and/or R_(Q) ⁴ may optionally comprise the same or different values ofG¹, as defined below; Q and Q' are as defined above; one of R_(Q) ³ andR_(Q) ⁴ may be linked to either the atom in P_(x) bonded to the chainthat carries R^(Q) or to an atom in P_(x) adjacent thereto, to form asaturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic 4-8membered ring defined as for the analogous R₁ ¹ -R₆ ¹² -containing ringabove.

G¹ and G² independently comprise a group containing 1-3 fused orseparate, saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, carbocyclic orheterocyclic 4-8 membered rings, each ring optionally containing 1-4identical or different hetero ring members selected from X and ═N--,each ring being optionally substituted on its carbon and/or NH membersby 1-8 identical or different substituents, preferably selected fromhalogen, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano, azide, nitro,hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃,OCF₃, SH, SCH₃, SOCH₃, SCF₃, COOH, COOCH₃, COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino,mono- or dialkylamino totaling 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, acetamido,N-methylacetamido, carboxamido, N-alkylated carboxamido containing 1-4carbon atoms inclusive, hydroxyacetyl and hydroxyacetoxy; wherein for G¹the optional second and third rings may be fused to the first ringand/or to one another or may be separate rings connected to one anotherand/or to the atom bearing G¹ by a single or double bond or by anintervening substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched, saturatedor unsaturated chain containing not more than 8 carbon atoms, not morethan 8 halogens, and not more than 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, boron, arsenic, phosphorus, selenium and sulfur; andwherein for G² the first ring is singly or doubly bonded to P_(x) or toa component atom of the S₆ chain connecting P_(x) and G², and theoptional second and third rings may be fused to the first ring or to oneanother or may be separate rings connected to one another and/or to thefirst ring by single or double bonds or by an intervening substituted orunsubstituted, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated chaincontaining not more than 8 carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogens, andnot more than 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,boron, arsenic, phosphorus, selenium and sulfur.

The capping group E_(o) that terminates the connecting chain also may beselected from any of a surprisingly broad array of chemical groupings,and these chemical groupings can be composed of a far larger number ofatoms than is found in the hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl group. Thesechemical groupings may include, without limitation, hydrophobic entitiessuch as alkyl, hydrogen, and halogenated alkyl, or may include, withoutlimitation, quite hydrophilic organic functional groups, such ashydroxy, thiol, carboxy and carboxy esters, amines, etc. It iswell-known in the art that organic functional groups spanning a widerange of properties, from ionized and very hydrophilic to veryhydrophobic, can be formed from multi-atom groupings of elementsselected from carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus, arsenic, boron and selenium. Indeed, for this invention thesingle restriction appears to be that S_(o) E_(o) taken together shouldnot be hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl bonded in the usual position inthe parent compounds, since such compounds correspond to theskin-inflammatory and often tumor-promoting parent natural products.

Thus, E_(o) may comprise E₁, wherein E₁ is selected from ═O, ═S, ═NH,═NOR_(E) ⁸ wherein R_(E) ⁸ is hydrogen or a C₁ -C₈ normal or branchedalkyl radical, ═N--NH₂, hydrogen, halogen, --OH, --SH, --NH₂, --NH--NH₂,--N₃, --CN, --NO, --NO₂, --NHOH, --ONH₂, or is selected from: ##STR22##wherein T¹ is selected from --O--, --S--, and --NH--; T² is selectedfrom ═O, ═S, and ═N--R_(E) ⁶ in which R_(E) ⁶ may be hydrogen, hydroxy,cyano, or nitro; T^(2') is selected from ═O and ═S; T³, T⁴ and T^(4')are independently selected from --OH, --NH₂, --SH, --N₃, --NH--NH₂, and--NH--OR_(E) ⁷ in which R_(E) ⁷ may be hydrogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl or C₁₋₃acyl; T³ may also be hydrogen or halogen; T⁵ -T^(5") are independentlyselected from hydrogen and hydroxy; T⁵ may also be halogen; R_(E) ¹ isselected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azide,--NH₂, --NH--OH, --SH, --O--NH₂, --NH--NH₂, --T¹ --C(═T²)--T³,--C(═T²)--T³, --SiT⁵ T^(5') T^(5"), --T¹ --S(═O)(═T²)--T⁴,--S(═O)(═T²)--T⁴, --T¹ --P(--T⁴)--T^(4'), --P(--T⁴)--T^(4'), --T¹--P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴, and --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴ ; R_(E) ² and R_(E) ³are individually selected from hydrogen, --C(═T²)--T³, cyano, nitro,azide, halogen and a C₁ -C₁₅ straight or branched chain, saturated,unsaturated and/or aromatic substituent optionally containing not morethan 10 halogen atoms and not more than 4 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.

Finally, if R_(E) ¹ is cyano or --C(═T²)--T³, then R_(E) ² or R_(E) ³may optionally be selected from --SiT⁵ T^(5') T^(5"), --T¹--P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴, and --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴ ; and R_(E) ⁴ andR_(E) ⁵ are individually selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro,--C(═T²)--T₃, --T¹ --C(═T²)--T³, --CR_(E) ¹ R_(E) ² R_(E) ³, --SiT⁵T^(5') T^(5"), --S(═O)(═T²) --T⁴, and --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴.

In this invention, novel phorboids of the P₁ diterpene class are furtherillustrated by the general structure P_(1R), ##STR23## wherein carbons(1 and 2) or (2 and 3) may be joined by a double bond; carbons (5 and 6)or (6 and 7) may be joined by a double bond; S_(x) E₁ may be bonded tocarbon 5, 6 or 7; R_(A1) represents not more than 6 identical ordifferent substituents bonded independently via single and/or doublebonds to carbons 1, 2 and/or 3, which substituents may independently behalogen(s) and/or other groups, which halogens and groups taken togethercontain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms, not more than 24halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; R_(A3) represents not morethan 6 identical or different substituents bonded independently viasingle and/or double bonds to carbons 5, 6 and/or 7, which substituentsmay independently be halogen(s) and/or other groups, which halogens andgroups taken together contain not more than 12 carbon atoms, not morethan 8 halogen atoms, and not more than 5 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; and R_(A4) representsnot more than 10 identical or different substituents bondedindependently via single or double bonds to carbons 9, 11, 12, 13 and/or14, which substituents may independently be halogen(s) and/or othergroups, the group or groups optionally completing 1-3 additional ringsthrough bonds among themselves and/or 1-5 additional rings when takentogether with the 5-membered ring and its substituent(s) R_(A1), whichhalogen and groups taken together, include not more than 50 carbonatoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 15 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur.

Preferred embodiments of P_(1R) are illustrated by, but not limited to,structures carrying a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl ring,forming P_(1P) ##STR24## wherein the R_(A5) and R_(A6) radicals mayindependently be hydrogen, halogen and/or other groups, which halogensand groups taken together contain a total of not more than 30 carbonatoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur.

In compounds further illustrating P_(1P), carbon 2 carries a methylgroup, J¹ is hydroxy, carbon 9 carries a hydroxy group in the αconfiguration, carbons 10 and 14 carry hydrogens in the α configuration,carbon 11 carries a methyl group in the α configuration and R_(A5) andR_(A6) are both methyl, forming a preferred parent structure for use inthe present invention, P_(1PP) : ##STR25##

In another embodiment P_(1R), an orthoester structure is bonded to the6-membered ring via one orthoester oxygen atom in the α configuration tocarbon 9 and via two orthoester oxygen atoms in the α configuration toany two of carbons 12-14, forming P_(1RR) : ##STR26## wherein R_(A7)represents hydrogen, halogen or other group, the group optionallycompleting 1 additional ring to carbon 1, which group includes not morethan 30 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur.

In a preferred embodiment of P_(1RR), carbon 2 carries a methyl group,J¹ is hydroxy, carbon 10 carries a hydrogen atom in the α configuration,carbon 11 carries a methyl group in the α configuration and carbon 13carries an isopropenyl group, forming P_(1RRR) : ##STR27##

Novel phorboids of the P₁ diterpene class may also advantageously embodythe general structure illustrated by formula P_(1I) : ##STR28## whereinR_(A2I) represents not more than 8 identical or different substituentsbonded independently via single and/or double bonds to carbons 1, 2and/or 3, which substituents may independently be halogen(s) and/orother groups, which halogens and groups taken together contain a totalof not more than 30 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and notmore than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; R_(A3I) represents not more than 6 identical ordifferent substituents bonded independently via single and/or doublebonds to carbons 5, 6 and/or 7, which substituents may independently behalogen(s) and/or other groups, which halogens and groups taken togethercontain not more than 12 carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogen atoms,and not more than 5 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; R_(A4I) represents not more than 10 identical ordifferent substituents bonded independently via single or double bondsto carbons 11, 12, 13 and/or 14, which substituents may independently behalogen(s) and/or other groups, the group or groups optionallycompleting 1-3 additional rings through bonds among themselves and/or1-5 additional rings when taken together with the 5-membered ring andits substituent(s) R_(A2I), which halogen and groups taken together,include not more than 50 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms,and not more than 15 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; and carbon atom 9 may be unsubstitutedor may carry a substituent defined as for R_(A4I) above.

In compounds further illustrating P_(1I), carbons 13 and 14 carry asubstituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl ring, thus forming P_(1IN) :##STR29## wherein the R_(A5I) and R_(A6I) radicals may independently behydrogen, halogen and/or other groups, which halogens and groups takentogether contain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms, not more than24 halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur.

In preferred embodiments of P_(1IN) as a parent structure for thepractice of the present invention, carbon 2 carries a methyl group, J¹is hydroxy, carbon 11 carries a methyl group in the α configuration,carbon 14 carries a hydrogen in the α configuration and R_(A5I) andR_(A6I) are both methyl, forming P_(1INL) : ##STR30##

Among very diverse parent phorboids of the P₂ class ofindole/indene/benzofuran/benzothiophene derivatives, the novel compoundsof this invention may advantageously embody the general structureP_(2NN), ##STR31## wherein K_(B1) represents 1-3 identical or differentsubstituents located independently at carbons 5, 6, and/or 7, whichsubstituents may independently be hydrogen, halogen(s) and/or othergroups which, taken together, contain not more than 40 carbon atoms, notmore than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 9 heteroatoms selectedfrom oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus, and sulfur, the groups beingoptionally connected to one another, to K⁸ and/or to K_(B2) to form 1-3additional carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings; and wherein K_(B2) ishydrogen or a group which contains not more than 20 carbon atoms, notmore than 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selectedfrom oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, this group beingoptionally connected to K_(B1) or K¹ to form an additional carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring.

In compounds further illustrating P_(2NN), K¹ and K³ are hydrogen and K²is --NH--, forming P_(2NNN) ##STR32## and K⁴ is hydrogen or a groupcontaining not more than 20 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogenatoms, and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen,silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, the group being optionally connected toK⁸ to form an additional ring.

Two particularly preferred embodiments of P_(2NNN) comprise P_(2L) andP_(2T), wherein P_(2L) is ##STR33## wherein K_(B1') is hydrogen, halogenor other group which contains not more than 40 carbon atoms, not morethan 24 halogen atoms, and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur, this group beingoptionally connected to K_(B2) to form an additional ring; and whereinP_(2T) is: ##STR34## wherein a four-carbon saturated, unsaturated oraromatic ring connects positions 6 and 7 and substituents K¹⁰ -K¹³ mayindependently be absent in favor of unsaturated linkages or may behydrogen, halogen and/or other groups which, taken together, contain notmore than 36 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not morethan 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorusand sulfur.

Among the parent phorboids of the P₇ class of benzolactams, the novelcompounds of this invention may advantageously embody the generalstructure P_(7B), ##STR35##

In compounds further illustrating P_(7B), K₇ ⁴ is hydrogen, K₇ ⁸ ismethyl and y is 0, forming P_(7BL) ##STR36## wherein K₇ ^(1') represents1-2 identical or different substituents attached independently tocarbons 8 and/or 9, which substituents may independently be hydrogen,halogen(s) and/or other groups which taken together, contain not morethan 40 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur, the groups being optionally connected to one another to form 1-2additional carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings. In a preferred embodimentK₇ ^(1') is a C₁ -C₁₄ saturated or unsaturated alkyl group.

It will be appreciated that the many different permissible changes tothe hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl groups of the parent phorboids leadto diverse compounds with diverse biological properties, and differentembodiments will be preferred for different utilities. If differentprotein kinase C isotypes and other proteins bearing phorboid-typebinding sites have different biological functions, as has beenextensively hypothesized and to some extent demonstrated in biologicalexperiments, then the novel compounds of this invention with differingactivity on different protein kinase C isotypes will obviously display awide range of differing utilities.

For example, a preferred set of compounds for anti-viral activity,including anti-retroviral and anti-Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)activities, in human cells is generated by replacing the hydroxymethylor 1-hydroxyethyl groups of parent phorboids with the following, organicfunctional groups: (i) dihalomethyl, trihalomethyl, --N₃, --NH₂,--CH═NOCH₃, --CH═N(--O)CH₃, --C(CH₃)═NOH, --CH═CHR_(a) ^(a),--C.tbd.C--R_(a) ^(a), --CH₂ C.tbd.C--R_(a) ^(a), --Si(CH₃)₂ OH,--Si(OH)₂ CH₃, --Si(CH₃)₂ F, --Si(CH₃)₂ R_(a) ^(a), --CH₂ Si(CH₃)₂ R_(a)^(a), or ═CHR_(a) ^(a), in which R_(a) ^(a) is hydrogen or C₁₋₂ linearor branched, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic hydrocarbonoptionally substituted by not more than 16 halogens, or (ii) --CH₂ -- or--CH(CH₃)--, to either of which is bonded --R_(a) ^(a), --F, --N₃,--NH₂, --CN, --Si(CH₃)₂ OH, --Si(OH)₂ CH₃, --Si(CH₃)₂ F, the o-, m- orp-isomer of --M--C₆ H₄ CH₂ --T³, the o-, m- or p-isomer of --C₆ H₄ CH₂--T³, --SR_(a) ^(a), --SCH₂ CH₂ OH, --S(═O)--CH₂ CH₂ OH, --S(CH₂)₃ OH,--S(CH₂)₄ OH, --SCH₂ CH₂ SH, --M--C(═T²)--M'--R_(a) ^(a) (except--OC(═O)NH₂), --OCH₂ C(═O)CH₃, --OCH₂ C(═NOH)CH₃, the o-, m- or p-isomerof --M--C(═T²)--M'--C₆ H₄ --T³, the o- m- or p-isomer of--M--C(═T²)--M'--C₆ H₄ CH₂ --T³, or imidazol-2-yl.

Preferred compounds for anti-viral use, for example, incorporate parentradicals selected from P_(1PP), P_(1RRR), P_(1INL), P_(2L), P_(2T) andP_(7BL) bearing functionally diverse S_(x) E₁ groups selected from (i)dihalomethyl, trihalomethyl, --N₃, --NH₂, --CN, --CH═NOH, --Si(CH₃)₂ OH,--Si(OH)₂ CH₃, or (ii) --CH₂ -- or --CH(CH₃)--, to either of which isbonded --R_(a) ^(a), --F, --N₃, --NH₂, --CN, --Si(CH₃)₂ OH, --Si(OH)₂CH₃, the o-, m- or p-isomer of --M--C₆ H₄ CH₂ --T³, the o- m- orp-isomer of --C₆ H₄ C₂ --T³, --SR_(a) ^(a), --SCH₂ CH₂ OH, --S(═O)--CH₂CH₂ OH, --S(CH₂)₃ OH, --S(CH₂)₄ OH, --SCH₂ CH₂ SH, the o-, m- orp-isomer of --M--C(═T²)--M'--C₆ H₄ --T³, or the o-, m- or p-isomer of--M--C(═T²)--M'--C₆ H₄ CH₂ --T³, in which R_(a) ^(a) is hydrogen orC₁₋₁₂ linear or branched, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatichydrocarbon optionally substituted by not more than 16 halogens.

The compounds of this invention have been found to possess valuablepharmacological properties for human and veterinary medicine. Fortherapeutic use in humans or animals the compounds of this invention aredispensed in unit dosage form comprising 0.001 to 1000 mg per unitdosage in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In particular, unitdosages in the range of 0.1 to 100 mg are preferred. The compounds ofthis invention may also be incorporated in topical formulations inconcentrations of about 0.001 to 10 weight percent, with concentrationsof 0.01 to 10 weight percent being preferred.

It will be appreciated that the actual preferred amounts of activecompound in a specific case will vary according to the specific compoundbeing utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode ofapplication, and the particular sites and organism being treated.Compounds of this invention having higher potencies should be used ingenerally smaller amounts, and compounds with lower potencies should beused in generally larger amounts. Dosages for a given host, whether asmall animal such as a cat or a human patient, can be determined usingconventional considerations, e.g., the host's weight or body surfacearea. In general, the compounds of the present invention areadministered in quantities of about 0.0001 to about 1000 mg/kg of bodyweight, and quantities of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg of body weightare preferred.

As specific examples, representative compounds of this inventionvariously block inflammation; show cytostatic and/or cytotoxic activityagainst very diverse types of human cancer cells representative ofseveral human cancers such as leukemia, carcinoma and melanoma; inhibitthe infection of human lymphoid cells by HIV; and induce production ofthrombolytic activity. These effects are demonstrated by (i) inhibitionin standard topical in vivo mouse ear inflammation tests whereininflammation by established agonists such as PMA and the ionophoreA23187 are blocked; (ii) by the inhibition of proliferation of humanleukemic cells in culture via induction of differentiation; (iii) byassays of cytotoxicity against human carcinoma cancer cells, (iv) byassays of inhibition of growth of human melanoma cells; (v) by assays ofinhibitory activity against acute and chronic HIV viral replication inhuman lymphocyte cells, and (vi) by measurement of stimulation offibrinolytic activity in cultured cells. These demonstrations ofefficacy are achieved at doses per ear, per kg of body weight or per kgof bodily fluid equivalent, using numerous representative compounds ofthe present invention, as follows: (i) about 0.01-1000 nanogram/ear,corresponding to about 0.0001-10 mg per square meter of body surfacebeing treated; (ii) about 0.1-100 mg/kg fluids, (iii) about 0.1-100mg/kg fluids; (iv) about 1-100 mg per kg of fluids; (v) about 0.1-100mg/kg fluids; and (vi) about 0.1-100 mg/kg fluids, respectively.

The activities of representative compounds of this invention against thethree diverse types of human cancer cells described above areparticularly noteworthy. Cancer is in fact a broad classificationcontaining at least 1 10 clinically different types of tumorousdiseases. The activities of compounds of this invention against threevery different types of cancer cells demonstrate not only thoseutilities against specific human cancer cells but also significantbreadth for the anti-cancer effects of this invention beyond a singleclass of cancer disease, indicative of additional anti-cancer utilities.

The anti-viral activities of numerous compounds of this invention arealso of great importance. For example, the tests demonstrating theanti-HIV properties of these compounds see Examples 111-114! werecarried out in widely validated and accepted cellular assays of HIVinfectivity in human cells that are indicative of in vivo activity. Thusthe anti-HIV properties of the compounds of this invention relatedirectly to the in vivo activities of standard anti-HIV reversetranscription inhibitors such as azidothymidine, dideoxyinosine,dideoxycytidine and non-nucleoside reverse transcription inhibitors,HIV-protease inhibitors and inhibitors of tat-gene function, which arefully active in the assay by which the compounds of this invention weretested. This is in contrast to many in vitro HIV-related assays that areunable to provide predictive information about the anti-HIV effects oftest compounds in living cells, such as assays of inhibition againstisolated HIV enzymes. For example, the inadequacy of isolated enzymeassays was indicated by the finding that, of two compounds able toinhibit the HIV protease when assayed on the purified protease enzyme,only one of the compounds was able to inhibit HIV infectivity in thewhole-cell assay in human lymphocytes T. K. Antonucci et al.,"Characterizations of HIV-1 protease inhibitors" in Innovations intherapy of human viral diseases: a Wellcome Symposium, Dec. 6-9, 1992,Book of Abstracts, Page 2.!

The compounds of this invention also show selective effects asantagonists for protein kinase C in some cases, as noninflammatoryagonists for protein kinase C in other cases, and as selective ligandsfor protein kinase C and/or for phorboid receptors.

Thus, these compounds can be used as agents for the abrogation ofpathophysiological conditions and disease states in applications such asanti-inflammatory, anti-psoriatic, anti-cancer, anti-ulcer,anti-hypertensive, anti-asthma, anti-arthritic, anti-autoimmune,anti-nociceptive, anti-secretory, anti -parasitic, anti-amoebic,anti-viral including anti-HIV replication, in prophylaxis againstinfection by any HIV form, and any other application in whichpathological involvement of protein kinase C is found.

For example, evidence for involvement of protein kinase C in thephysiology of many human and animal pathogenic viruses has long beenknown, particularly from experiments in which a standard protein kinaseC activator such as a phorbol ester greatly stimulates viral productionfor many different kinds of viruses see, for example: H. zur Hausen etal., "Persisting oncogenic herpesvirus induced by the tumour promoterTPA", Nature 272: 373-375 (1978); H. zur Hausen et al., "Tumorinitiators and promoters in the induction of Epstein-Barr virus", Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76: 782-785 (1979); D. V. Ablashi et al.,"Increased infectivity of oncogenic Herpes viruses of primates withtumor promoter 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate", Proc. Soc. Exp.Biol. Med. 164: 485-490 (1980); G. Colletta et al., "Enhancement ofviral gene expression in Friend erythroleukemia cells by12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate", Cancer Research 40: 3369-3373(1980); S. K. Arya, "Phorbol ester-mediated stimulation of the synthesisof mouse mammary tumour virus", Nature 284: 71-72 (1980); K. B. Hellmanand A. Hellman, "Induction of type-C retrovirus by the tumor promoterTPA", Int. J. Cancer 27: 95-99 (1981); E. Amtmann and G. Sauer,"Activation of non-expressed bovine papilloma virus genomes by tumourpromoters", Nature 296: 675-677 (1982); L. S. Kucera, et al.,"12-O-Tetradecanoyl-phorbol-13-acetate enhancement of the tumorigenicpotential of Herpes Simplex virus type 2 Transformed cells", Oncology40: 357-362 (1983); and V. Wunderlich, et al., "Enhancement of primateretrovirus synthesis of tumor promoters", Symposium on role ofcocarcinogens and promoters in human and experimental carcinogenesis,16-18 May, 1983, Budapest, Hungary, Book of Abstracts, p. 88!.

Similar experiments indicate involvement of protein kinase C in the lifecycle of HIV, and initial molecular genetics studies helped illuminatethe mechanisms by which cellular protein kinase C can influence HIV see,for example: S. Harada, et al., "Tumor promoter, TPA, enhancesreplication of HTLV-III/LAV", Virology 154: 249-258 (1986); H. Dinter,et al., "In Vitro activation of the HIV-1 enhancer in extracts fromcells treated with a phorbol ester tumor promoter", EMBO Journal 6:4067-4071 (1987); J. D. Kaufman, et al, "Phorbol ester enhances humanimmunodeficiency virus-promoted gene expression and acts on a repeated10-base-pair functional enhancer element", Mol. Cell. Biol. 7: 3759-3766(1987); and M. Siekevitz, et al., "Activation of the HIV-1 LTR by T cellmitogens and the transactivator protein of HTLV-I", Science 238:1575-1578 (1987)!.

These and later molecular genetics-based virological investigationsprovided clear mechanistic explanations for the effects, observed muchearlier, of protein kinase C modulators on the life cycles of numeroushuman and animal viruses. Such studies showed that many viruses containgenetic control elements, called enhancers, whose functions incontrolling viral expression involve the protein kinase C of the hostcell. Of particular importance for the role of protein kinase C invirus-cell interactions are the enhancers known as AP-1 and NF-κB see,for example: J. E. Marich et al., "The phylogenetic relationship andcomplete nucleotide sequence of human papillomavirus Type 35", Virology186: 770-776 (1992); R. L. Smith et al., "Activation of second-messengerpathways reactivates latent Herpes Simplex virus in neuronal cultures",Virology 188: 311-318 (1992), S. L. Gdovin and J. E. Clements,"Molecular mechanisms of visna virus tat: identification of the targetsfor transcriptional activation and evidence for a post-transcriptionaleffect", Virology 188: 438-450 (1992); D. S. Shih et al., "Involvementof FOS and JUN in the activation of visna virus gene expression inmacrophages through an AP-1 site in the viral LTR", Virology 190: 84-91(1992); A. Mirza, "Stimulation of adenovirus early gene expression byphorbol ester: its possible mechanism", Virology 190: 645-653 (1992); E.J. Wade et al., "An AP-1 binding site is the predominant cis-actingregulatory element in the 1.2-kilobase early RNA promoter of humancytomegalovirus", J. Virology 66: 2407-2417 (1992); F. Stubenrauch etal., "Late promoter of human papillomavirus Type 8 and its regulation",J. Virology 66: 3485-3493 (1992); F. Thierry et al., "Two AP-1 sitesbinding JunB are essential for human papillomavirus Type 18transcription in keratinocytes", J. Virology 66: 3740-3748 (1992); J.Liu et al., "Specific NF-κB subunits act in concert with tat tostimulate human immunodeficiency virus Type 1 transcription", J.Virology 66: 3883-3887 (1992); W. A. Jensen et al., "Inhibition ofprotein kinase C results in decreased expression of bovine leukemiavirus", J. Virology 66: 4427-4433 (1992); K. Shiroki et al., "AdenovirusE1A proteins stimulate inositol phospholipid metabolism in PC12 cells",J. Virology 66: 6093-6098 (1992); J. C. Cross et al., "Transactivationby hepatitis B virus X protein is promiscuous and dependent onmitogen-activated cellular serine-threonine kinases", Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 90: 8078-8082 (1993); and A. S. Kekule et al., "Hepatitis Bvirus transactivator HBx uses a tumour promoter signalling pathway",Nature 361: 742-745 (1993)!.

The compounds of this invention can also be used in combination withother therapeutic agents, for example for use in the treatment of viralinfections. Thus, a compound of this invention can be used incombination with a nucleoside analog such as azidothymidine ordideoxyinosine, a tetrahydroimidazo 4,5,1-jk!1,4!-benzodiazepin-2(1H)-one derivative, other HIV reverse transcriptaseinhibitors, HIV protease inhibitors, or HIV tat-gene function inhibitorsfor the prophylaxis against or treatment of HIV infections. A method fortreating a mammal infected with a virus comprises administering to amammal in need of such treatment an antivirally effective quantity of acomposition comprising an acceptable pharmaceutical carrier and anantivirally active compound or compounds or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.

Furthermore, the non-inflammatory agonists among the compounds of thisinvention may be used to achieve desired physiological results such asinterferon release, interleukin induction, tumor necrosis factorproduction, immune system stimulation and/or reconstitution, insulinsecretion, insulinomimetic activity, acceleration of wound healing,improvement in central nervous system functions such as memory andlearning and abrogation of the symptoms or progress of Alzheimer'sdisease, and any other application for which desirable actions ofprotein kinase C are found.

As phorboid receptor subtype- and/or protein kinase C subtype-selectiveligands, the compounds of this invention also have very valuableapplication as experimental agents for research into the role of proteinkinase C and/or phorboid receptors in important biological processes andin human and veterinary diseases. Thus, their value extends to their useas pharmacological tools for in vitro and in vivo research, in a mannersimilar to the important roles that selective agonists and antagonistshave played in the studies of the mechanism of action of adrenergic,dopaminergic, opiate, benzodiazepine, cholinergic, and serotoninergicreceptor systems, among others.

In addition, the compounds can be used in in vitro diagnostics (e.g., inan assay for protein kinase C). They are also useful as intermediates inthe production of other drugs, e.g., as described in the presentinvention.

The compounds of this invention are generally administered to animals,including but not limited to fish, avians, and mammals including humans.

The pharmacologically active compounds of this invention can beprocessed in accordance with conventional methods of galenic pharmacy toproduce medicinal agents for administration to patients, e.g., mammalsincluding humans.

The compounds of this invention can be employed in admixture withconventional excipients and carriers, i.e., pharmaceutically acceptableorganic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for parenteral, enteral(e.g., oral) or topical application which do not deleteriously reactwith the active compounds. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriersinclude but are not limited to water, salt solutions, alcoholics, gumarabic, vegetable oils, benzyl alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatine,carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, magnesium stearate,talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, perfume oil, fatty acid esters,hydroxy methylcellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, etc. The pharmaceuticalpreparations can be sterilized and if desired mixed with auxiliaryagents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents,emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring,flavoring and/or aromatic substances and the like which do notdeleteriously react with the active compounds. They can also be combinedwhere desired with other active agents, e.g., enzyme inhibitors, toreduce metabolic degradation. Such carriers do not include the followingsolvents when used alone: dimethylsulfoxide, acetone, or methanol orethanol of greater than 80% concentration in water.

When compounds of the present invention are provided as part of apharmaceutical composition, many of the specifically stated exceptionsenumerated in the previous detailed description of the compounds,themselves, are no longer needed. This occurs because the enumeratedexceptions were known to be in the prior art as synthetic intermediatesor as compounds believed to have no pharmacological activities. In thepresent invention, these compounds, as part of pharmaceuticalcompositions, have antiviral activities or anti-inflammatory activities,etc. That is, the pharmaceutical composition formulation confers aninventive significance to these compounds.

For parenteral application, particularly suitable are injectable,sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well assuspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories. Ampoulesare convenient unit dosages.

For enteral application, particularly suitable are tablets, dragees,liquids, drops, suppositories, or capsules. A syrup, elixir, or the likecan be used wherein a sweetened vehicle is employed.

A preferred method of administration comprises oral dosing, withtablets, dragees, liquids, drops, or capsules. For the oral route ofadministration, either compounds of this invention lacking functionalgroups destroyed by acid, or tablets or capsules which protect theactive compound from upper gastrointestinal acidity, are preferred.

Sustained or directed release compositions can be formulated, e.g., inliposomes or in compositions wherein the active compound is protectedwith differentially degradable coatings, e.g., by microencapsulation,multiple coatings, absorption onto charcoal, entrapment in human serumalbumin microspheres, etc. It is also possible to freeze-dry the newcompounds and use the lyophilizates obtained, for example, for thepreparation of products for injection.

Another preferred route of administration comprises topical application,for which are employed nonsprayable forms, viscous to semi-solid orsolid forms comprising a carrier compatible with topical application andhaving a dynamic viscosity compatible with topical application,preferably greater than water. Suitable formulations include but are notlimited to solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments,powders, liniments, salves, aerosols, etc., which are, if desired,sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., preservatives,stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers or salts for influencing osmoticpressure, etc. For topical application, also suitable are sprayableaerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, preferably incombination with a solid or liquid inert carrier material, is packagedin a squeeze bottle or in admixture with a pressurized volatile,normally gaseous propellant, e.g., a freon.

The compounds of this invention, admixed with appropriate carriers, mayalso be delivered to subjects by means of an externally connected orinternally implanted pumping device to give a controlled and/orsustained release of the therapeutic mixture, or by means of a patch ofnatural or synthetic fabric and/or polymer impregnated with thecompounds in a suitable carrier and affixed to the skin to achievetransdermal release and absorption of the active compounds.

The compounds of this invention may also be modified by covalentattachment of metabolically modifiable groups, to form "prodrugs" whichare released by cleavage in vivo of the metabolically removable groups.For example, amine, hydroxy and/or thiol groups present in manycompounds of this invention may be converted to prodrugs by covalentattachment of acyl or aminoacyl organic functional groups. Likewise,compounds of this invention containing carboxylic, sulfonic, phosphoric,phosphonic or related free acids, including those in which one or moreoxygen atoms are replaced by sulfur, may be converted to prodrugs byformation of their esters or amides by covalent attachment of alcohols,amines, amino acids and the like. Compounds of this invention may alsoincorporate N-alkyldihydropyridine functional groups, which becomelocalized to the central nervous system after administration to thesubject and subsequent metabolic modification of theN-alkyldihydropyridine group in the central nervous system.

It will be recognized by persons with ordinary skill in medicinalchemistry that conversion of alcohol-, amine-, thiol- or acid-containingcompounds of this invention to prodrugs is preferably done byderivatization of such groups located in regions of the molecule havingminimal steric hindrance, to permit access of metabolizing enzymes,other bioreactants or water. Such alcohol-, amine-, thiol- oracid-containing groups may be located in any of the parent, side-chainor capping-group organic functional groups described above. Aprodrug-type group such as the N-alkyldihydropyridine group, however, ispreferably added to the parent structures P₁ -P₇, etc., unless it isfound for a given compound that the N-alkyldihydropyridine group and/orits metabolic pyridinium oxidation product has desirable bioactivitywhen located in the side chain (S_(o) or S_(x)) or capping group (E_(o)or E₁) of a compound of this invention.

It will be appreciated that starting materials for obtaining compoundsof this invention from natural sources or from total or partialsynthesis may be altered in very diverse ways, consistent with thisinvention, to obtain compounds with novel and diverse primarybiological/medicinal activities resulting from, and controlled by, thespecific new S_(o) E_(o) or S_(x) E₁ group created; such propertiesinclude, for example, loss of skin inflammatory activity and appearanceor retention of anti-inflammatory, anti-HIV, anti-leukemic andcytokine-induction activities. It is also possible to introduce anextremely wide variety of changes into either (i) the groups replacingthe hydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl group or (ii) the previously-describedparent phorboid structures, to obtain new entities with improvedsecondary properties, such as, variously, hydrophobicity, watersolubility, potency, oral availability, metabolic and chemicalstability, reduced therapeutic side effects, and so on, using strategiesand techniques widely recognized in the art of medicinal chemistry andpharmacology.

Starting materials for the synthesis of the compounds of this inventionmay be obtained from any of a wide variety of natural sources, and thediterpene, indole alkaloid, diacylglycerol, diaminobenzyl alcohol andpolyacetate compounds are available by total synthesis.

The diversity of phorboids modified in the parent portion and in thehydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl-modified phorboids are illustrated in theExamples, and are also discussed below, separately for each phorboidparent class.

Routine synthetic routes, transformations and procedures common in theart of synthetic organic chemistry are sufficient for highly varied andextensive practice of this invention in great breadth. Indeed, aparticularly remarkable aspect of this invention is the ease with whichhydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl-modified phorboids with highly novelprotein kinase C-modulatory, anti-inflammatory and anti-viralproperties, but lacking skin inflammatory activity, may be obtained fromwell-known starting materials through simple organic chemicaltransformation. This is illustrated by the diversity of Examples foundbelow and by a general discussion, as follows. Although somewhatdifferent kinds of hydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl modifications arediscussed immediately below for should be not parent classes ofphorboids, it should be noted that procedures for modification of thehydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl group of one parent class of phorboid aregenerally applicable to the hydroxymethyl/1-hydroxyethyl groups of otherparent classes of phorboids.

Compounds of this invention from the diterpenoid (P₁) class of phorboidsmay be obtained by semisynthetic procedures, starting from any of avariety of compounds from naturally occurring sources as described inthe literature see Naturally Occurring Phorbol Esters, ed. F. J. Evans,CRC Press, Boca Raton (1986), chapters 7, 8 and 9 and references citedtherein!.

Furthermore, these diterpene phorboids are available by total synthesisfrom common organic chemical starting materials. These syntheses providea variety of approaches and associated flexibility in arriving atdiverse functionalities on the parent nucleus and on the final S_(o)E_(o) or S_(x) E₁ side chain see Paquette, L. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.106: 1446-1454 (1984); Rigby, J. and Moore, T., J. Org. Chem. 55:2959-2962 (1990); Wender, P. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111: 8954-8957(1989); Wender, P. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111: 8957-8958 (1989); andWender, P. and McDonald, F., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 112: 4956-4958 (1990)!.

The means for modifying the hydroxymethyl group of diterpenoid phorboidsto produce the compounds of this invention will be obvious to workerswith ordinary skill in synthetic organic chemistry.

In many diterpenoid phorboids the hydroxymethyl group may be modifiedwithout the necessity of protecting other functional groups in themolecule. In other cases, especially when strong nucleophiles or basesare used, other regions of the molecule must be suitably protected usingmethodologies widely practiced in synthetic organic chemistry.Frequently one or more oxygen atoms must be blocked before some types ofchemical modifications may be accomplished on the hydroxymethyl group oron other portions of the diterpene parent. Many widely used andthoroughly characterized protecting groups for the oxygen atoms presentas hydroxy groups are acyl, benzyl, trialkylsilane, benzyloxycarbonyl,4'-methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl and trimethylsilylyethoxycarbonyl, whichare variously stable to or removed under acidic, basic or reducingconditions or with fluoride ion reagents. The use of such groups isobvious to any worker with modest skill in the art of synthetic organicchemistry. Carbonyl functions may be protected by conversion to acetalsor ketals, or by reduction to the alcohol level followed by protectionwith standard protecting groups for the hydroxy group. With or withoutsuch protection of non-hydroxymethyl portions of the parent diterpenethe hydroxymethyl may, for example, be conveniently capped under verymild conditions by treatment with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,aryl, or aralkyl isocyanate, optionally containing silicon or phosphorusatoms in a variety of functional groups, in the presence of a catalystsuch as dibutyltin dilaurate. The resulting compounds lack the toxicinflammatory activity of the phorboid from which they were derived andhave, themselves, anti-inflammatory utility. Illustrations are providedin the Examples below.

Conversion of the hydroxy group to a halogen or pseudohalogen not onlyin itself provides active and useful compounds, but also permits thedisplacement of the resultant electrophile from the protected or in somecases, unprotected, parent nucleus by a very wide range of nucleophiles.Persons with ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis willrecognize that such nucleophiles may include, without limitation,reagents having carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus,silicon, arsenic, boron, and/or selenium atoms in their structures.Particular examples would be reaction with ammonia, methylamine, thesodium salt of dimethylphosphine, trimethylphosphite,triphenylphosphine, potassium sulfite, trimethylsilylmethyl-metal salts,lithium trimethylsilylacetylide, sodium cyanide, N-methyl-2-hydroxyethylamine, 1 H!-tetrazole, or with the sodium salt of 2-mercaptoethanol,3-mercaptoethanol, or of hydroxymethylphenol. Many variations may beexecuted as described for nucleophilic displacement of electrophilicgroups in organic molecules by standard textbooks of synthetic organicchemistry, such as J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Third Edition,Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1985. As an illustration,20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis-diphenylphosphate yields20-deoxy-20-(pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthio)phorbol 12-butyrate13-diphenylphosphate upon treatment with sodiopentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthiol. As another example, the 20-phosphonic acid derivativeof 20-deoxyresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate may be made byreacting the sodium salt of dibenzylphosphonate with20-deoxy-20-bromoresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate to form20-deoxy-20-dibenzylphosphonyl resiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetatedibenzylphosphonyl followed by catalytic hydrogenolysis of the benzylester groups to yield the free phosphonic acid derivative.

By use of protecting groups or modifications of the diterpenoid parentusing methods well-known in the art of synthetic chemistry, the hydroxygroup of the hydroxymethyl group may be replaced by a metal and thenreacted with an electrophile, effectively replacing the hydroxy with agroup derived from the electrophile. The techniques for this replacementare obvious to workers with ordinary skill in organic synthesis, in thatreplacement of the hydroxymethyl hydroxy group by halogen in a suitablyprotected or modified diterpene permits strong and/or hard nucleophilesto be generated by the use of metals or strong bases, and persons withordinary skill in the art of organic chemistry will recognize that suchnucleophiles can be contacted with a very diverse range of electrophilicreagents having carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus,silicon, arsenic, boron and/or selenium atoms in their structures toobtain hydroxymethyl-modified diterpenes of widely varying structures.As one approach among many, the hydroxymethyl group of an appropriatelyprotected diterpene may be converted to the 20-bromo derivative withmethanesulfonyl bromide in dimethylformamide/pyridine. The resultingbromide may be modified by halogen-metal exchange using appropriatelyactive metals or metal-containing reagents such as magnesium, zinc,alkali metals, metal alkyl reagents and so on, to obtain carbanioniccharacter at the carbon atom previously bearing the hydroxy group, asshown in the following structures, which also illustrate typicalprotection of oxygen functions elsewhere in the molecule: ##STR37##wherein Met is the metal ion, PG₁ -PG₃ are typically selected from thelist above and PG₄ is typically 2',2'-propylidene or dialkyl- ordiarylsilyl. PG₃ may be unnecessary in some cases (i.e. may be hydrogenor an anionic charge). The simultaneous presence or subsequent additionto the metal/anion-containing reaction of an electrophile such as,without limitation, an aldehyde, ketone, epoxide or oxetane thenprovides, after reaction and workup, compounds having one or moremethylenes inserted between the original hydroxy group and the methyleneto which it was attached. This methodology is particularly advantageousfor replacement of the hydroxy with a group containing silicon,phosphorus or other atoms by contacting the anionic metal derivative ofthe parent nucleus with electrophilic reagents having halogen orpseudohalogen groups, in addition to other functions chosen forbiological specificity, bonded directly to the silicon or phosphorusatoms, affording compounds with useful biological activity.

For those diterpene-type phorboids wherein the hydroxy of thehydroxymethyl group is allylic, such as phorbol, ingenol, andresiniferonol esters, the replacement of the hydroxy by chloro orpreferably by bromo or iodo yields compounds that can be convenientlyreacted with activated zinc, barium or many other metals in the presenceof electrophiles such as, without limitation, aldehydes, ketones,epoxides, or oxetane; the resultant compounds have one or moremethylenes inserted between the original hydroxy group and the methyleneto which it was attached, or, after an allylic rearrangement, a newfunctional group results at position 7 of the diterpene skeleton. Anillustration of this would be the reaction of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol12-myristate 13-acetate with an excess of formaldehyde and an excess ofzinc in the presence of tetrahydrofuran and saturated ammonium chloridesolution with vigorous stirring for 24 hours. The resultant compound hasthe 6,7-double bond rearranged to the 6,20-position and bears a newhydroxymethyl group attached to position 7 instead of to position 6 asin the parent diterpene, and this compound,12-β-myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one,has good anti-inflammatory activity.

Alternatively, the hydroxy group on the hydroxymethyl of appropriatelyprotected or modified diterpenoids may be oxidized to an aldehyde andthen reacted via condensation or addition chemistries to provide a verywide variety of modified indolactams. Examples, without limitation,would be reactions with Wittig reagents; hydroxylamines; hydrazines;semicarbazides, ammonia, primary amines or secondary amines followed bysodium cyanoborohydride reduction to primary amines, secondary amines ortertiary amines, respectively, or Grignard reagents. Many variations maybe executed as described in standard textbooks of synthetic organicchemistry, such as J. March, op cit. After completion of reactions inthe hydroxymethyl region, an acetonide group protecting the 3-OH and4-OH groups is removed with mild acid followed by reoxidation of the3-OH to keto with sulfur trioxide-pyridine-dimethylsulfoxide.Trialkylsilane protecting groups PG₁ and PG₂ may then be removed withfluoride ion, preferably followed by derivatization of the now-free 12-and 13-OH's with acylating agents, isocyanates, alkyl- or arylchloroformates or alkylating agents to establish hydrophobic groups inthis region of the diterpene.

Even a relatively base-sensitive compound such as a phorbol12,13-diester may be oxidized to the 20-aldehyde with manganese dioxideand reacted directly, as is obvious to workers with ordinary skill insynthetic organic chemistry, with stabilized Wittig reagents such asmethyl triphenylphosphoranylideneacetate, to yield a20-deoxy-20-methoxycarbonylmethylidenephorbol 12,13-diester.

Alternatively, a phorbol 12,13-diester may be selectively protected atthe 4 and 9 hydroxy groups using trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate, followed by reaction with manganese dioxideto obtain a protected aldehyde. The latter compound may be successfullytreated with strong Wittig reagents such as the lithium salt of2-hydroxyethylidenetriphenylphosphorane, followed by deprotection withtetrabutylammonium fluoride to obtain the corresponding chain-extended,20,21-didehydro-21,22-dihomophorbol diester.

The hydroxymethyl group of suitable diterpene phorboids may be oxidizedto the carboxylic acid level by methods well-known in the art or thesecarboxylic acids may be prepared by modifications of the total synthesesdescribed in the literature cited above. Besides being useful examplesof this invention themselves these acids permit the preparation offurther modified diterpene phorboids. For example, this carboxylic groupmay be activated for condensation reactions by any of a number ofwell-known methods, e.g. by conversion to an acyl halide or to an activeester such as the N-succinimidyl ester. The resultant activated carboxylmay then be easily converted to simple or multifunctional ester, amide,or thioester derivatives by reaction with alcohols, amines, or thiolsrespectively, alone or in the presence of condensation catalysts.

The use of the methods of total synthesis as described in the literaturecited above permits specific modifications of the parent structures ofthe diterpenoids. By established techniques in the art of organicsynthesis modified parent structures may be obtained which embodyalterations at the hydroxymethyl group as well, and which have usefulbiological activity. This wide variety of modified diterpenoidstructures may result from the use of modified starting materials, frommodifications of one or more synthetic steps or from a combination ofboth.

Starting materials for the synthesis of the compounds of this inventionfrom the indolactam (P₂) class of phorboids may be obtained from any ofa variety of natural sources as described in the literature T. Sugimura,Gann 73: 499-507 (1982), H. Fujiki and T. Sugimura, Advances in CancerResearch 49: 223-264 (1987), K. Irie and K. Koshimizu, Mem. Coll.Agric., Kyoto Univ. 132: 1-59 (1988) and references cited therein!.Furthermore, these indolactam phorboids are available by total synthesisfrom common organic chemical starting materials. These syntheses providea considerable variety of approaches and associated flexibility inarriving at highly diverse functionalities on the parent nucleus and onthe final S_(o) E_(o) or S_(x) E₁ side chain, and include, but are notlimited to, the procedures described by Y. Endo et al., Tetrahedron 42:5905-5924 (1986), S. de Laszlo et al., J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Comm.344-346 (1986), S. Nakatsuka et al., Tetrahedron Letters 27: 5735-5738(1986) and Tetrahedron Letters 28: 3671-3674 (1987), H. Muratake and M.Natsume, Tetrahedron Letters 28: 2265-2268 (1987), M. Mascal and C.Moody, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Comm. 589-590 (1988), A. Kozikowski et al.,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111: 6228-6234 (1989), and T. Kogan et al.,Tetrahedron 46: 6623-6632 (1990) and references therein.

Given indolactams containing hydroxymethyl groups, the means formodifying the hydroxymethyl group to produce the compounds of thisinvention will be obvious to workers with ordinary skill in syntheticorganic chemistry.

In some cases, the hydroxymethyl group may be modified once otherregions of the molecule have been suitably protected using simple,obvious and widely-precedented methodologies practiced extensively insynthetic organic chemistry. In some specific cases the indole nitrogenmust be blocked before some types of chemical modifications may beaccomplished on the hydroxymethyl group or on other portions of theindolactam parent. Many protecting groups for the indole nitrogen havebeen used in the organic chemical literature, and their use here isobvious. Among these are t-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, benzyl,trimethylsilylethoxymethylene, benzyloxycarbonyl and benzenesulfonyl,which are variously stable to or removed under acidic, basic or reducingconditions or with fluoride ion reagents. With or without suchprotection the hydroxymethyl may, for example, be conveniently cappedunder very mild conditions by the treatment with a substituted orunsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl isocyanate, optionally containingsilicon or phosphorus atoms in a variety of functional groups, in thepresence of a catalyst such as dibutyltin dilaurate. The resultingcompounds lack the toxic inflammatory activity of the phorboid fromwhich they were derived, and have themselves anti-inflammatory utility.As an illustration, treatment of (-)-7-octylindolactam V withmethylisocyanate in the presence of dibutyltin dilaurate and4-dimethylaminopyridine in tetrahydrofuran affords14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S, 12S)-indolactam V.

Conversion of the hydroxy group to a halogen or pseudohalogen not onlyin itself provides active and useful compounds, but also permits thedisplacement of the resultant electrophile from the protected or in somecases, unprotected, parent nucleus by a very wide range of nucleophiles.Persons with ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis willrecognize that such nucleophiles may include, without limitation,reagents having carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus,silicon, arsenic, boron, and/or selenium atoms in their structures.Particular examples would be reaction with ammonia, methylamine, thesodium salt of dimethylphosphine, trimethylphosphite,triphenylphosphine, potassium sulfite, trimethylsilylmethyl-metal salts,lithium trimethylsilylacetylide, sodium cyanide, N-methyl-2-hydroxyethylamine, 1 H!-tetrazole, or with the sodium salt of 2-mercaptoethanol,3-mercaptoethanol, or of hydroxymethylphenol. Many variations may beexecuted as described in standard textbooks of synthetic organicchemistry, such as J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Third Edition,Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1985. As an illustration,14-O-methanesulfonyl-1-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V yields14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-1-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V upon treatment withsodiopentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthiol. In a similar manner14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V is prepared. See Y.Endo et al., Tetrahedron 42: 5905-5924 (1986) for a synthesis of6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V. As a further illustration, treatment of14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-2'-(2"-diphenylphosphonylethyl)aminoethyl!indolactam V with the sodiumsalt of 4-t-butyldimethylsilyloxy-2-phenylphenol followed by treatmentof the product with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuranaffords 14-O-(4'-hydroxy-2'-phenyl)-phenyl-7-2'-(2"-diphenylphosphonylethyl)aminoethyl!indolactam V. In a similarmanner 14-O-(5'-hydroxy-1'-naphthyl)-7-1',1'-dimethyl-3'-(hexyldimethylsilyl)-propyl!indolactam V,14-O-(3'-hydroxy-5'-benzyloxy)phenyl-7-octylindolactam V,14-O-(4'-hydroxy-2'-phenyl)phenyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V,14-O-(5'-hydroxy-1'-naphthyl)-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V,14-O-(3'-hydroxy-5'-benzyloxy)phenyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V areprepared. As a further illustration, treatment of14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octylindolactam V with sodium sulfite in methanolprovides 14-deoxy-7-octylindolactam V 14-sulfonic acid. In a similarmanner 14-deoxy-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V 14-sulfonic acid isprepared. As another example, the 14-phosphonic acid derivative of14-deoxy-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V may be made by reacting thesodium salt of dibenzylphosphonate with14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octylindolactam V to form14-deoxy-14-dibenzylphosphonyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V followedby catalytic hydrogenolysis of the benzyl ester groups to yield the freephosphonic acid.

By use of protecting groups or modifications of the indolactam parent bymethods well-known in the art of synthetic chemistry, the hydroxy groupof the hydroxymethyl may be replaced by a metal and then reacted with anelectrophile, effectively replacing the hydroxy with a group derivedfrom the electrophile. The techniques for this replacement are obviousto workers with ordinary skill in organic synthesis, in that replacementof the hydroxymethyl hydroxy group by halogen in a suitably protected ormodified indolactam permits strong and/or hard nucleophiles to begenerated by the use of metals or strong bases, and persons withordinary skill in the art of organic chemistry will recognize that suchnucleophiles can be contacted with a very diverse range of electrophilicreagents having carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus,silicon, arsenic, boron and/or selenium atoms in their structures toobtain hydroxymethyl-modified indolactams of widely varying structures.As one approach among many, the 14-O-methanesulfonyl derivative of anappropriate indolactam may be converted to an iodo compound with sodiumiodide in acetone. The resulting iodide may be modified by halogen-metalexchange using appropriately active metals or metal-containing reagentssuch as magnesium, zinc, alkali metals, metal alkyl reagents and so on,to obtain carbanionic character at the carbon atom previously bearingthe hydroxy group, as shown: ##STR38## wherein Met is the metal ion, PG₅may be one of the indole nitrogen protecting groups listed above, andPG₆ may be unnecessary (i.e. may be hydrogen or an anionic charge), maybe benzyl (removable by hydrogenolysis) or may be a stable group, suchas methyl or ethyl, intended to remain in the final bioactive syntheticproduct. The simultaneous presence or subsequent addition to thereaction of an electrophile such as, without limitation, an aldehyde,ketone, epoxide or oxetane then provides, after reaction and workup,compounds having one or more methylenes inserted between the originalhydroxy group and the methylene to which it was attached. Thismethodology is particularly advantageous for replacement of the hydroxywith a group containing silicon, phosphorus or other atoms by contactingthe anionic metal derivative of the parent nucleus with electrophilicreagents having halogen or pseudohalogen groups, in addition to otherfunctions chosen for biological specificity, bonded directly to thesilicon or phosphorus atoms, affording compounds with useful biologicalactivity.

Alternatively, the hydroxy group on the hydroxymethyl of appropriatelyprotected or modified indolactams may be oxidized to an aldehyde andthen reacted via condensation or addition chemistries to provide a verywide variety of modified indolactams. Examples, without limitation,would be reactions with Wittig reagents, hydroxylamines, or Grignardreagents. Many variations may be executed as described in standardtextbooks of synthetic organic chemistry, such as J. March, op cit. Asan illustration, the aldehyde, 14-deoxy-14-oxo-7-octylindolactam V, maybe prepared by oxidation of the parent hydroxymethyl compound withperiodinane among other oxidizing agents. This aldehyde may be treatedwith O-(4-mercaptophenyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride in ethanol toafford the O-(4-mercaptophenyl)oxime. This aldehyde may also be treatedwith N¹ -(3-methoxyphenyl)semicarbazide to afford the corresponding N¹-(3-methoxyphenyl)semicarbazone. The O-(4-mercaptophenyl)hydroxylaminehydrochloride may be prepared from O-(4-nitrophenyl)hydroxylaminehydrochloride A. Hirsch et al., J. Med. Chem. 20: 1546-1551 (1977)! inways obvious to one with ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis.

These aldehydes may also be obtained by reduction of appropriatecarboxylic acid derivatives by application of well-known techniques. Asan illustration,9-deshydroxymethyl-9-methoxycarbonyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V(prepared as described below) may be reduced to the aldehyde,14-deoxy-14-oxo-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V, by any of severalreagents widely known in the art of organic chemistry, for examplediisobutylaluminum hydride. This aldehyde may be further modified toafford the O-(4-mercaptophenyl)oxime and the N¹-(3-methoxyphenyl)semicarbazone in the manner described above.

The hydroxymethyl group of suitable indolactam phorboids may be oxidizedto the carboxylic acid level by methods well-known in the art or thesecarboxylic acids may be prepared by modifications of the total synthesesdescribed in the literature cited above. Besides being useful examplesof this invention themselves these acids permit the preparation offurther modified indolactams. For example, this carboxylic group may beactivated for condensation reactions by any of a number of ordinary andwell-known methods, e.g. by conversion to an acyl halide or to an activeester such as the N-succinimidyl ester. The resultant activated carboxylmay then be easily converted to simple or multifunctional ester, amide,or thioester derivatives by reaction with alcohols, amines, or thiolsrespectively, alone or in the presence of condensation catalysts. As anillustration, rac-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V (obtained asdescribed below) may be treated with N-hydroxysuccinimide anddicyclohexylcarbodiimide in acetonitrile. After purification, theresulting N-succinimidyl ester may be treated with3-amino-1,2-propandiol and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in methylenechloride/tetrahydrofuran to afford rac-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamidoindolactam V. The stereoisomers maybe obtained separately either by using optically active startingmaterials or by separation from the mixture by chromatography on anenantioselective column packing D. Armstrong, Analytical Chem. 59:84-91A (1987)!.

The total syntheses described in the literature cited above are alsoamenable to extensive adaptations so as to provide a wide variety ofmodifications in the parent structures of the indolactam group. Byestablished techniques in the art of organic synthesis modified parentstructures may be obtained which embody alterations at the hydroxymethylgroup and which have useful biological activity. This extremely widevariety of modified indolactam structures may result from the use ofmodified starting materials, from modifications of one or more syntheticsteps or from a combination of both. As an illustration,9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxy-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V may beprepared from 4-nitro-6,7-tetramethylenegramine (Y. Endo et al., opcit.) by the application of several routes obvious to workers withordinary skill in organic synthesis. For example, methylα-nitro-4-amino-6,7-tetramethyleneindole-3 acetate is prepared from4-nitro-6,7-tetramethylenegramine in the manner described by T. Masudaet al., Agric. Biol. Chem. 53: 2257-2260 (1989). Alkylation of the aminogroup of this compound with benzylD-α-trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyisovalerate in the manner described by T.Kogan et al., op cit., affords an optically active intermediate which,after removal of the benzyl ester and reduction of the nitro group, islactamized in the manner of T. Masuda et al., op cit., and methylated bytreatment with formaldehyde/sodium cyanoborohydride to afford9-deshydroxymethyl-9-methoxycarbonyl-6,7-tetramethylene-(9S,12S)-indolactamV. Hydrolysis with methanolic sodium hydroxide affords9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxy-6,7-tetramethylene-(9S,12S)-indolactam V.

To further illustrate the synthesis of the compounds of this invention,the modified indolactam,1,2,4,5,6,8-hexahydro-5-methyl-2-(1-methylethyl)-3H-pyrrolo(4,3,2-gh)-1,4-benzodiazonin-3-one,may be prepared from N-BOC-4-nitrotryptophanol Y. Endo et al.,Tetrahedron 42: 5905-5924 (1986)! by the application of several routesobvious to workers with ordinary skill in synthetic chemistry. Forexample, preparation of N-BOC-4-nitrodeoxytryptophanol may beaccomplished by reduction of the phenylselenium derivative withtriphenyltin hydride D. Clive et al., Chemical Communications 41-42(1978)! or by reduction of the mesylate derivative with lithiumtriethylborohydride R. W. Holder and M. G. Matturro, J. Org. Chem. 42:2166-2168 (1977)! or by several other routes. From the deoxy derivativethe synthesis could proceed in the manner described by Y. Endo et al.,loc cit., for the hydroxy derivative. Specifically, the resultingsubstituted indolylvaline methyl ester is hydrolyzed and the resultingacid is converted to the N-succinimidyl ester. Upon cleavage of the BOCgroup under acidic conditions cyclization to the lactam occurs directlyto provide all four stereoisomers, i.e., 2R,5R-, 2R,5S-, 2S,5S-, and2S,5R-1,2,4,5,6,8-hexahydro-5-methyl-2-(1-methylethyl)-3H-pyrrolo(4,3,2-gh)-1,4-benzodiazonin-3-one. These stereoisomers may be obtainedseparately either by beginning the synthesis with optically activeN-BOC-4-nitrotrytophanol or by separation from the mixture bychromatography on an enantioselective column packing D. Armstrong,Analytical Chem. 59: 84-91A (1987)!. Similarly, the further modifiedindolactam,1-(1-oxobutyl)-1,2,4,5,6,8-hexahydro-5-methyl-3H-pyrrolo(4,3,2-gh)-1,4-benzodiazonin-3-one,may be prepared. Specifically, hydrogenation ofN-BOC-4-nitrodeoxytrytophanol over palladium on carbon will provideN(2')-BOC-4-aminodeoxytrytophanol. Alkylation of this compound withmethyl bromoacetate affords N-3-(N-BOC-2'-aminopropyl)-4-indolyl!glycine methyl ester Y. Endo, et al.,Chem. Pharm. Bull. 30: 3457-3460 (1982)!. Acylation of this materialwith butanoyl chloride in the presence of potassium carbonate orpyridine will provide N-butanoyl-N-3-(N-BOC-2-aminopropyl)-4-indolyl!glycine methyl ester. This lattermaterial may be converted to1-(1-oxobutyl)-1,2,4,5,6,8-hexahydro-5-methyl-3H-pyrrolo(4,3,2-gh)-1,4-benzodiazonin-3-oneby application of the methods of Y. Endo, et al., loc cit. (1986). Theenantiomers, 5R- and 5S-, may be obtained separately by beginning withoptically active materials as described above or by separation at thefinal stage by chromatography also as described above.

Derivatives of the indole, indene, benzofuran and benzothiophene classesin which the benzenoid ring contains one or two nitrogen atoms inpositions 5, 6 and/or 7 may be obtained by modifying the known syntheticsequences for indolactams cited above. For example, a 5-, 6- and/or7-monoaza- or diaza-indolactam derivatives may be obtained by replacing4-aminoindole starting material in an appropriate synthetic sequencewith a 5-, 6- and/or 7-monoaza- or diazaindole.

Beyond the extensive changes in the hydroxymethyl group of indolactamand related P₂ -type parent phorboids described above, the presentinvention also discloses broad and diverse alterations which areaccommodated in the non-hydroxymethyl regions of the parent P₂ -typephorboids. Such modifications of the indolactam parents can be carriedout before, after or in alternating fashion with respect to constructionof the hydroxymethyl modifications, depending on obvious considerationsof chemical stability of the various functional groups in intermediatesbeing subjected to chemical modifications.

It is obvious to one skilled in the art that many modified indolactamparents may be obtained by carrying a modification through the de novosynthesis as described in the literature cited above. As anillustration, 7-alkylindolactam Vs containing a wide variety of alkylgroups may be prepared by application of the method of A. Kozikowski etal., op cit., to a variety of alkyl substituted isoxazolines. As afurther illustration, the modified indolactam,1-(1'-octyl)-1,2,4,5,6,8-hexahydro-5-hydroxymethyl-3H-pyrrolo4,3,2-gh!-1,4-benzodiazonin-3-one (13-N-octylindolactam G), may beprepared. Alkylation of 4-aminoindole with methyl bromoacetate followedby acylation with octanoyl chloride in the presence of pyridine affordsN-octanoyl-N-(4-indolyl)glycine methyl ester. This is converted to13-N-octylindolactam G by the method described by A. Kozikowski et al.,op cit. The enantiomers are obtained separately by silica gelchromatography of the 14-O- N-(S)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamates followedby reduction with trichlorosilane-triethylamine. Further modificationsof this material to produce hydroxymethyl modified embodiments of thisinvention are carried out by the preparation of1-N-(t-butyloxycarbonyl)-13-N-octylindolactam G, according to the methodof Y. Endo et al., Tetrahedron 43: 2241-2247 (1987). Then,14-O-methanesulfonyl-1-N-(t-butyloxycarbonyl)-13-N-octylindolactam G maybe prepared by treatment of the above indolactam with methanesulfonylchloride. Treatment of this material with a variety of nucleophiles asdescribed above followed by removal of the t-butyloxycarbonyl group bytreatment with acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid in methylenechloride, affords a very wide variety of hydroxymethyl-modifiedderivatives. 14-Deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-13-N-octylindolactam Gand 14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthio)-13-N-octylindolactamG are specific illustrations of the types of useful compounds which maybe prepared by application of these approaches.

As a further illustration, 1,2-tetramethyleneindolactam V may beprepared. One of the many preparations of this parent uses2-carbethoxy-4-nitroindole, which is a side-product from the preparationof 4-nitroindole, as the starting material for transformation to4-amino-1,2-tetramethyleneindole. Alkylation of the amino group of thiscompound with benzyl D-α-trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyisovalerate in themanner described by T. Kogan et al., op cit., affordsN-(1,2-tetramethyleneindol-4-yl)valine benzyl ester as a singleenantiomer. This material may then be converted to1,2-tetramethyleneindolactam V by the methods described by A. Kozikowskiet al., op cit. Further modifications of this material to producehydroxymethyl modified embodiments of this invention may be carried outby the techniques discussed above. As specific examples,14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-1,2-tetramethyleneindolactam V and14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-1,2-tetramethyleneindolactam V are prepared from14-O-methanesulfonyl-1,2-tetramethyleneindolactam V.

Further synthetic elaborations may be effected at the end or near theend of the preparation of the modified indolactam-parent or of thehydroxymethyl-modified indolactam. As one of many possibleillustrations, 7-(2'-methylbut-3'-en-2'-yl)-indolactam V (pendolmycin),which may be prepared by the method of Kozikowski et al., op cit., or bythe method of Okabe et al., Tetrahedron 46: 5113-5120 (1990), or aderivative of pendolmycin, may be hydroborated. The resultingtrialkylborane, or haloborane, may be converted into other functionalgroups including but not limited to hydroxy, carbonyl, alkyl, amino andhalo, all by well-known methods such as those referenced by A. Pelter etal., Borane Reagents, Academic Press, London, 1988. In a specificillustration, t-butyldimethylsilyl ether of pendolmycin may be preparedby treatment of a dimethylformamide solution of pendolmycin andimidazole (1:10 molar ratio) with t-butyldimethylchlorosilane. Treatmentof this ether with 9-borabicyclo 3.3.1!nonane (9-BBN) affords thetrialkylborane at the terminal carbon of the former terminal olefin, theoxidation of which with hydrogen peroxide in sodium hydroxide affordsthe primary alcohol. Acetylation of this alcohol with acetic anhydridein pyridine and removal of the silyl ether with tetrabutylammoniumfluoride in tetrahydrofuran provides7-(2'-methyl-4'-acetoxybutan-2'-yl)indolactam V. This may then beconverted to14-deoxy-14-(2"-hydroxyethylthio)-7-(2'-methyl-4'-hydroxybutan-2'-yl)indolactamV or many other hydroxymethyl modified derivatives by the methodsdiscussed above followed by treatment with sodium hydroxide in methanolto hydrolyze the acetate, yielding a hydroxy group amenable to a widerange of further transformations, preferably to establish a hydrophobicsubstituent in that position of the molecule.

Similarly, compounds containing silicon and phosphorus may be obtainedby adding reagents having Si--H or P--H bonds across the double bond ofpendolmycin, for example, under the influence of chloroplatinic acid orlight/peroxide catalysis, respectively. Such means for introducingsilicon or phosphorus-containing groups may also be applied tostructures having vinyl groups elsewhere in the molecule. For example,diethylphosphine may be added across the double bond of(-)-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-vinyl-7-octylindolactam V in a reactionpromoted by light and peroxide catalysis to obtain14-deoxy-14-diethylphosphinylmethyl-7-octylindolactam V.

An illustration of the modification of the parent group after theintroduction of appropriate hydroxymethyl modifications is thepreparation of 14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthio)-7-2'-methyl-4'-(N-octanoyl-N-ethyl)-aminobutan-2'-yl!indolactam V.Hydroboration of 14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)pendolmycin, prepared in the manner discussed abovefrom 14-methanesulfonylpendolmycin, with dichloroborane-dimethylsulfidein the presence of boron trifluoride provides14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-7-(2'-methyl-4'-dichloroboranylbutan-2'-yl)indolactamV which upon treatment with ethylazide affords14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-7-(2'-methyl-4'-ethylaminobutan-2'-yl)indolactam V,itself amenable to further reactions, for example acylation withoctanoyl chloride to yield the more hydrophobic14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthio)-7-2'-methyl-4'-N-octanoyl-N-ethyl)aminobutan-2'-yl!indolactam V.

The application of established techniques in the art of syntheticchemistry to naturally derived or to synthetically derived parents ofthe indolactam group also permits the obtainment of specificallymodified parents of that class. These modified parents may then befurther modified at the hydroxymethyl group by the methods discussedabove. To illustrate this, 14-O-t-butlydimethylsilylindolactam V Y. Endoet al., Tetrahedron 43: 2241-2247 (1987)! may be treated with sodiumhydride in dimethylformamide followed by phosgene. The reactivechloroformamide so formed is quenched with perfluoroheptylmethanol toafford, after removal of the silyl ether, 1-N-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octyloxy)carbonylindolactam V. By application of methodsdiscussed above a variety of hydroxymethyl modified derivatives may beprepared as specifically illustrated by14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-1-N-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octyloxy)carbonylindolactam V and by14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylthio)-1-N-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octyloxy)-carbonylindolactam V. As a further illustration,14-O-acetylindolactam V K. Irie and K. Koshimizu, Mem. Coll. Agric.,Kyoto Univ. 132: 1-59 (1988)! may be alkylated with ethyl acrylate inthe presence of sodium hydride to afford14-O-acetoxy-1-N-(2'-ethoxycarbonyl)indolactam V. Treatment of thismaterial with aluminum chloride in nitrobenzene followed by reduction ofthe purified product with lithium aluminum hydride-aluminum chloride intetrahydrofuran provides 1,7-trimethyleneindolactam V. By application ofmethods discussed above a variety of hydroxymethyl modified derivativesmay be prepared as specifically illustrated by14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-1,7-trimethyleneindolactam V and by14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-1,7-trimethyleneindolactam V.

Such specifically modified parents of the indolactam class may also befurther modified at positions other than the hydroxymethyl group eitherbefore or after the modifications of hydroxymethyl group to produceembodiments of this invention. The means for accomplishing thesemodifications are obvious to workers with ordinary skill in organicsynthesis. As an illustration, 7-(2'-aminoethyl)indolactam V may beprepared from indolactam V by methods similar to those described by K.Irie and K. Koshimizu, op cit. N-Derivatization of this compound withpentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octyl isocyanate, 3-trimethylsilylpropanoylchloride or 3-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl chloride yields 7-2'-(N'-pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylureido)ethyl!indolactam V, 7-2'-(N-(3"-trimethylsilylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V or 7-2'-(N-(3"-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam Vrespectively. By application of methods discussed above a variety ofhydroxymethyl modified derivatives may be prepared as specificallyillustrated by 14-deoxy-14-azido-7- 2'-(N'-pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylureido)ethyl!indolactam V, 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethoxy)-7-2'-(N-(3"-trimethylsilylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V, 14-O-1'(5'-hydroxynaphthyl)!-7-2'-(N-(3"-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V,14-deoxy-14-mercapto-7- 2'-(N'-pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylureido)ethyl!indolactam V, 14-deoxy-14-(pentadecafluoro-1H,1H!-octylthio)-7-2'-(N-(3"-trimethylsilylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V, and14-deoxy-7-2'-(N-(3"-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V14-sulfonic acid.

As a further illustration, 14-O-acetyl-2-formyl-7-ethylindolactam V maybe prepared by the treatment of 14-O-acetyl-7-ethylindolactam V withdichloromethyl methyl ether-titanium tetrachloride K. Irie et al., Int.J. Cancer 43: 513-519 (1989)!. Condensation with nitromethane followedby reduction of the nitrovinyl derivative with lithium aluminumhydride-aluminum chloride affords 2-(2'-aminoethyl)-7-ethylindolactam V.Derivatization of this compound with pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylisocyanate, trimethylsilylpropanoyl chloride or3-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl chloride yields 7-ethyl-2-2'-(N'-pentadecafluoro- 1H,1H!-octylureido)ethyl!indolactam V,7-ethyl-2- 2'-(N-(3"-trimethylsilylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam V or7-ethyl-2-2'-(N-(3"-diphenyloxophosphinylpropanoyl)amino)ethyl!indolactam Vrespectively. By application of methods discussed above a variety ofhydroxymethyl modified derivatives may be prepared.

Many parent phorboids of the diaminobenzyl alcohol (P₃) class areavailable via total synthesis see, for example, Wender, P. et al., Proc.Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 4214-4218, (1986)!. Given the ready availabilityof a wide variety of precursors for phorboids of this class and forhydroxymethyl-modified members of that class, the means for producingthe P₃ -based compounds of this invention will be obvious to workerswith ordinary skill in synthetic organic chemistry.

For example, 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole may be converted to itsN-hydroxysuccinimide ester by reaction with one equivalent ofdicyclohexylcarbodiimide and one equivalent of N-hydroxysuccinimide inacetonitrile/tetrahydrofuran/methylene chloride suspension. The productN-hydroxysuccinimide ester is purified and then reacted with3-amino-1,2-propanediol in tetrahydrofuran to obtain4-(N-2',3'-dihydroxypropylcarboxamido)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole.

Given the ready availability of a wide variety of precursors forphorboids of the diacylglycerol (P₄) class and forhydroxymethyl-modified members of that class, the means for producingcompounds of this invention based on the P₄ parent phorboid class willbe obvious to workers with ordinary skill in synthetic organicchemistry. In some cases these precursors will be available withsuitable blocking groups in place or they may be put in place using wellunderstood techniques or blocking groups are not needed. An illustrationof the preparation of compounds of this invention is the preparation of3R-3-carboxy-1,6-dioxo-2,5-dioxacyclotetracosane. Diesterification ofreadily available D-glyceric acid with 9-decynoyl chloride in thepresence of pyridine affords 2,3-O,O-didecynoyl-D-glyceric acid.Treatment of this material with cupric acetate/pyridine affords thematerial coupled at the acetylenic termini, the catalytic hydrogenationof which affords 3R-3-carboxy-1,6-dioxo-2,5-dioxacyclotetracosane. Insimilar and related manner 2R-2,3-octanoyloxypropionic acid and4R-4-carboxy-2,7-dioxo-3,6-dioxa-1,8-diazacyclocosane may be prepared.Furthermore, the same acylation with terminal acetylenic carboxylicacids followed by cyclization and reduction may be applied to1-chloro-2,3-dihydroxypropane, preceded or followed by displacement ofthe chloro leaving group with any of the nucleophilic type of reagentsdescribed above, to yield, after an appropriate sequence ofprotection-deprotection of chemically sensitive functional groups in theintermediates, novel and useful hydroxymethyl-modified phorboids of thediacylglycerol class.

Compounds of the polyacetate (P₅) class of phorboids may be obtained bysemisynthetic modification of starting compounds purified from naturalsources see Mynderse, J. et al., Science 196: 538-540 (1977) andreferences cited therein! or by adaptations and modifications of theintermediates or final products of total syntheses of the polyacetatessee Park, P. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 109: 6205-6207 (1987); Ireland,R. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 110: 5768-5779 (1988), and Nakamura, H. etal., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 9672-9676 (1989)!.

Given the availability of compounds of the bryostatin (P₆) phorboidclass by purification from natural sources, e.g., Bugula neritina seePettit, G. R. et al., "Isolation and structure of bryostatin 1," J. Am.Chem. Soc. 104: 6846-6848 (1982)! or by total or partial synthesis seeKageyama, M. et al., "Synthesis of bryostatin 7," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 112:7407-7408 (1990) and references cited therein! the means for producingcompounds of this invention based upon the P₆ parent phorboid class willbe obvious to workers with ordinary skill in synthetic organicchemistry. Where necessary reactive functional groups in the parentstructure may be selectively blocked with protecting groups such asesters, ethers or silyl ethers which are commonly used in the ordinarypractice of organic chemistry. The 1-hydroxyethyl group of the naturalbryostatins may be "capped" using condensation or addition reactions asdiscussed in detail above for other phorboid parents. Also as discussedpreviously the hydroxy group may be activated towards nucleophilicdisplacement which may take place with inversion or retention ofstereochemistry. Oxidation of the 1-hydroxyethyl groups in the parent ormodified parent compounds affords ketones which may then be readilyderivatized and modified in ways obvious to workers with ordinary skillin synthetic organic chemistry to afford compounds of this invention.The above ketones or their derivatives may be further oxidized to affordthe carboxylic acid with one less carbon than the parent. Thesecarboxylic acids may be further derivatized to produce other compoundsof this invention or reduced to the hydroxymethyl-containing compoundswhich may be modified to afford compounds of this invention as discussedpreviously in detail.

Compounds of this invention from the benzolactam (P₇) class of phorboidsare readily available by total synthesis from common organic chemicalstarting materials. These syntheses provide flexibility in arriving atdiverse functionalities on the parent nucleus and on the S_(o) E_(o) orS_(x) E₁ side chain. Modifications of the parent structure may also bemade by the application of well known organic synthetic procedures tothe benzolactam as well as on precursor molecules. See A. P. Kozikowskiet al. "Synthesis, molecular modeling, 2-D NMR, and biologicalevaluation of ILV mimics as potential modulators of protein kinase C",J. Am. Chem. Soc. 115: 3957-3965 (1993) and M. Ohno et al. "Designedmolecules. Reproducing the two conformations of teleocidins",Tetrahedron Lett. 34: 8119-8122 (1993).!

The means for modifying the hydroxymethyl group of benzolactam phorboidsto produce the compounds of this invention will be obvious to workerswith ordinary skill in synthetic organic chemistry.

The limited reactivity of the other portions of the simplest benzolactamparents enhances the ability to achieve selective modification of thehydroxymethyl group with or without the need for protecting groups. Forexample, the hydroxymethyl group may be conveniently capped under verymild conditions by the treatment with a substituted or unsubstitutedalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl isocyanate, optionally containing silicon orphosphorus atoms in a variety of functional groups, in the presence of acatalyst such as dibutyltin dilaurate or activated and displaced with awide variety of nucleophiles. The resulting compounds lack the toxicinflammatory activity of the phorboid from which they were derived, andhave themselves anti-inflammatory utility. As an illustration, treatmentof (-)-BL-V8-310 with methylisocyanate in the presence of dibutyltindilaurate and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in tetrahydrofuran affords11-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310.

Conversion of the hydroxy group to a halogen or pseudohalogen not onlyin itself provides active and useful compounds, but also permits thedisplacement of the resultant electrophile from the protected or in somecases, unprotected, parent nucleus by a very wide range of nucleophiles.Persons with ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis willrecognize that such nucleophiles may include, without limitation,reagents having carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus,silicon, arsenic, boron, and/or selenium atoms in their structures.Particular examples would be reaction with ammonia, methylamine, thesodium salt of dimethylphosphine, trimethylphosphite,triphenylphosphine, potassium sulfite, trimethylsilylmethyl-metal salts,lithium trimethylsilylacetylide, sodium cyanide, N-methyl-2-hydroxyethylamine, 1 H!-tetrazole, or with the sodium salt of 2-mercaptoethanol,3-mercaptoethanol, or of hydroxymethylphenol. Many variations may beexecuted as described in standard textbooks of synthetic organicchemistry, such as J. March, op cit. As an illustration,11-O-methanesulfonyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310 yields 11-deoxy-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-31011-sulfonic acid upon treatment with sodium sulfite. As a furtherillustration, treatment of 11-O-methansulfonyl-(2R,5S)-BL-V8-310 withthe sodium salt of 4-t-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenol followed by treatmentof the product with tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuranaffords 11-O-(4'-hydroxyphenyl)-(2R,2S)-BL-V8-310.

The hydroxy group of the hydroxymethyl of benzolactams may be replacedby a metal and then reacted with an electrophile, effectively replacingthe hydroxy with a group derived from the electrophile. The techniquesfor this replacement are obvious to workers with ordinary skill inorganic synthesis, in that replacement of the hydroxymethyl hydroxygroup by halogen in a suitably protected or modified benzolactam permitsstrong and/or hard nucleophiles to be generated by the use of metals orstrong bases, and persons with ordinary skill in the art of organicchemistry will recognize that such nucleophiles can be contacted with avery diverse range of electrophilic reagents having carbon, hydrogen,oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, arsenic, boron and/orselenium atoms in their structures to obtain hydroxymethyl-modifiedbenzolactams. As one approach among many, the 14-O-methanesulfonylderivative of an appropriate benzolactam may be converted to an iodocompound with sodium iodide in acetone. The resulting iodide may bemodified by halogen-metal exchange using appropriately active metals ormetal-containing reagents such as magnesium, zinc, alkali metals, metalalkyl reagents and so on, to obtain carbanionic character at the carbonatom previously bearing the hydroxy group, as shown: ##STR39## whereinMet is the metal ion, and PG₇ may be unnecessary (i.e. may be hydrogenor an anionic charge), may be benzyl (removable by hydrogenolysis) ormay be a stable group, such as methyl or ethyl, intended to remain inthe final bioactive synthetic product. The simultaneous presence orsubsequent addition to the reaction of an electrophile such as, withoutlimitation, an aldehyde, ketone, epoxide or oxetane then provides, afterreaction and workup, compounds having one or more methylenes insertedbetween the original hydroxy group and the methylene to which it wasattached. This methodology is particularly advantageous for replacementof the hydroxy with a group containing silicon, phosphorus or otheratoms by contacting the anionic metal derivative of the parent nucleuswith electrophilic reagents having halogen or pseudohalogen groups, inaddition to other functions chosen for biological specificity, bondeddirectly to the silicon or phosphorus atoms, affording compounds withuseful biological activity.

Alternatively, the hydroxy group on the hydroxymethyl of benzolactamsmay be oxidized to an aldehyde and then reacted via condensation oraddition chemistries to provide a very wide variety of modifiedbenzolactams. Examples, without limitation, would be reactions withWittig reagents, hydroxylamines, or Grignard reagents. Many variationsmay be executed as described in standard textbooks of synthetic organicchemistry, such as J. March, op cit. As an illustration, the aldehyde,11-deoxy-11-oxo-epi-BL-V9-310, may be prepared by oxidation of theparent hydroxymethyl compound with periodinane among other oxidizingagents. This aldehyde may be treated with methyltriphenylphosphoranylideneacetate in toluene to afford5-deshydroxymethyl-5- 2'-(methoxycarbonyl)-(E)-vinyl!-epi-BL-V9-310.

These aldehydes may also be obtained by reduction of appropriatecarboxylic acid derivatives by application of well-known techniques.These carboxylic acid derivatives may be prepared by modification of thepublished synthetic routes, which modifications are well understood bythose with skill in the art of organic synthesis. The carboxylic acidderivatives of the benzolactam phorboids may also be prepared byoxidation of the hydroxymethyl group of suitable benzolactam phorboidsor of aldehydic derivatives of benzolactams by methods well-known in theart.

Besides being useful examples of this invention themselves, these acidspermit the preparation of further modified benzolactams. For example,this carboxylic group may be activated for condensation reactions by anyof a number of ordinary and well-known methods, e.g. by conversion to anacyl halide or to an active ester such as the N-succinimidyl ester. Theresultant activated carboxyl may then be easily converted to simple ormultifunctional ester, amide, or thioester derivatives by reaction withalcohols, amines, or thiols respectively, alone or in the presence ofcondensation catalysts.

The total syntheses described in the literature cited above are alsoamenable to extensive adaptations so as to provide a wide variety ofmodifications in the parent structures of the benzolactam group. Byestablished techniques in the art of organic synthesis modified parentstructures may be obtained which embody alterations at the hydroxymethylgroup and which have useful biological activity. This extremely widevariety of modified benzolactam structures may result from the use ofmodified starting materials, from modifications of one or more syntheticsteps or from a combination of both.

Beyond the extensive changes in the hydroxymethyl group of benzolactamand related P₇ -type parent phorboids described above, the presentinvention also discloses broad and diverse alterations which areaccommodated in the non-hydroxymethyl regions of the parent P₇ -typephorboids. Such modifications of the benzolactam parents can be carriedout before, after or in alternating fashion with respect to constructionof the hydroxymethyl modifications, depending on obvious considerationsof chemical stability of the various functional groups in intermediatesbeing subjected to chemical modifications.

It is obvious to one skilled in the art that many modified benzolactamparents may be obtained by carrying a modification through the de novosynthesis as described in the literature cited above. Specificallymodified parents of the benzolactam class may also be further modifiedat positions other than the hydroxymethyl group either before or afterthe modifications of hydroxymethyl group to produce embodiments of thisinvention. The means for accomplishing these modifications are obviousto workers with ordinary skill in organic synthesis.

This invention is illustrated further by the following examples.

EXAMPLE 1 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-Dibutyrate

One gram of sodium metal was dissolved in 50 mL methanol, and 44 μL ofthis solution was placed in a test tube. Then 2.63 grams distilled2-mercaptoethanol was dissolved in 50 mL acetonitrile, and 44 μL of thissolution was added to the test tube. Then 20 mg20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-dibutyrate were dissolved in 0.25 mLacetonitrile in a capped, nitrogen-flushed test tube. This lattersolution was then rapidly treated with the methoxide/mercaptoethanolsolution. An immediate precipitate formed. After 7 minutes, the reactionwas freed of solvent and treated with 1 mL water and 1 drop acetic acid.This residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate, followedby drying of the organic phase over sodium sulfate. Silica gelpreparative liquid chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate mixturesyielded 9.5 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-dibutyrate, which could not be crystallized.

EXAMPLE 2 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-Butyrate

Further preparative liquid chromatography of the reaction mixture fromExample 1 using hexane/ethyl acetate on silica gel yielded 5.7 mg20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-butyrate, the latter beingthe more polar compound. This compound could not be crystallized.

EXAMPLE 3 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-Myristate13-Acetate

To 0.1 gram 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate in 1 mLacetonitrile was added 0.5 mL of a solution of 246 mg 2-mercaptoethanoland 436 mg 2,4,6-collidine in 10 mL acetonitrile, followed by 50 mgdiisopropylethylamine in 0.2 mL acetonitrile and 0.1 mL t-butyl methylether. Ten minutes later the reaction was treated with 0.107 mmolessodium methoxide and 0.225 mmoles 2-mercaptoethanol in 0.25 mL methanol.Five minutes later the proportion of sodium methoxide/mercaptoethanolwas doubled. After 10 minutes the reaction was stopped by addition of 2drops acetic acid and 0.5 mL water. The organics were extracted intoethyl acetate, washed once with water, and dried over sodium sulfate.After solvent removal, the crude residue was purified by preparativeliquid chromatography on silica gel using hexane/ethyl acetate (60:40).The product was 87 mg, 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate in high purity. The compound did notcrystallize.

EXAMPLE 4 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-Myristate

Twenty-five mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate wasdissolved in 0.2 mL ethylene glycol and 0.2 mL acetonitrile. Thissolution was treated with 0.13 mL of a solution of 200 mg sodium metalin 20 mL ethylene glycol over a period of 40 minutes. The reaction waspartitioned between water and ethyl acetate, and the separated organicswere dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of the ethyl acetate, thecrude 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate was dissolved in 0.8 mLacetonitrile and treated with 0.18 mL of a solution of 0.31 mL2-mercaptoethanol, 0.5 mL acetonitrile, and 0.5 mL of 1% sodium inmethanol. After 40 minutes, an additional 0.04 mL of 1% sodium inmethanol was added. Ten minute later the reaction was stopped with 1drop of acetic acid. After removal of the solvents in a stream ofnitrogen, the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and pH 8potassium phosphate. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate andfreed of solvent prior to preparative liquid chromatographicpurification using, silica gel and hexane/ethyl acetate (45:55). Theproduct, 37 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate,could not be crystallized.

EXAMPLE 5 20-Deoxy-20- (2'-hydroxyethyl)methylamino!phorbol 12-Myristate13-Acetate

25 mg 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate was dissolved in0.4 mL acetonitrile. To this was added 0.1 mL of a solution of 29.6 mg2-(methylamino)-ethanol in 1 mL acetonitrile. After 70 minutes andadditional 0.1 mL of the same amine solution was added. After anadditional 70 minutes, 0.2 mL more amine solution was added. After 6.6hours of total reaction time, the reaction was diluted with 4 mLmethylene chloride and subjected to preparative liquid chromatography onsilica gel using methylene chloride/methanol (92:8) followed byrepurification on silica gel using methylene chloride/methanol (96:4).The product, 20-deoxy-20- (2'-hydroxyethyl)methylamino!phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate, 14 mg, could not be crystallized.

EXAMPLES 6, 7, and 8 20-Deoxy-20-fluorophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!, 12-β,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetoxy!-7-fluoro-9-hydroxy-1,4,6(20)-tigliatrien-3-oneand 12-β,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetoxy!-4,9-dihydroxy-7-fluoro-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one

One-hundred mg of phorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! weredissolved in 1.5 mL methylene chloride and the solution was set at 0° C.Then 26.2 mg diethylaminosulfur trifluoride in 0.5 mL methylene chloridewere added drop wise during 1 minute. After 40 minutes, 0.2 mL morediethylaminosulfur trifluoride was added. After 10 more minutes, thereaction was shaken with 2 mL pH 8 potassium phosphate buffer, afterwhich the organics were separated and dried over sodium sulfate. Thereaction was repeated twice more, and the combined reaction productswere freed of solvent, taken up in 10 mL ethyl acetate, and suckedthrough a funnel containing a layer of silica at the bottom, a layer ofsodium sulfate in the middle and sodium chloride at the top. Afterwashing the funnel contents with 50 mL ethyl acetate the combinedeluants were freed of solvent and repeatedly chromatographed on silicapreparative liquid chromatography columns using hexane/ethyl acetate(85:15) solvent mixtures. The products were 20-deoxy-20-fluorophorbol12-β,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!-7-fluoro-9-hydroxy-1,4,6(20)-tigliatrien-3-one,25 mg; and 12-β,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetoxy!-4,9-dihydroxy-7-fluoro-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one,40 mg; none of which could be crystallized.

EXAMPLE 9 4-Carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole

Five hundred-fifteen mg of 4-carbomethoxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indoleprepared by the method of Wender et al., PNAS, 83: 4214-4218 (1986)! wasdissolved in 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran. This solution was treated with 3mL of a 1N KOH solution in water and also with 5 mL of methanol. Themixture was heated at 80° C. for 32 h. During this period another 2.5 mLof 1N KOH was added in two portions. After cooling the mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo. The mixture was then diluted with water andacidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The mixture was thenextracted with methylene chloride. The organic layers were dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated to afford 300 mg of4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole (60% yield), mp 248°-50° C.

EXAMPLE 10 4-Carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole N-Succinimidyl Ester

A suspension of 470 mg of 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole and 427 mgof N-hydroxysuccinimide in 100 mL of acetonitrile, 10 mL of methylenechloride and 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran was prepared. This suspension wasstirred vigorously by a magnetic stirring bar as a solution of 540 mg ofdicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 20 mL of acetonitrile was slowly added overa period of 1 h. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 72 h. It wasthen concentrated in vacuo and diluted with ethyl acetate. The resultingmixture was filtered to remove the copious precipitate. The filtrate waswashed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Treatmentof the resulting mixture with hexane/ethyl acetate (50:50) followed byfiltration afforded 600 mg of 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indoleN-succinimidyl ester, mp 154°-5° C.

EXAMPLE 114-(N-2',3'-Dihydroxypropylcarboxamido)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole

To a solution of 89 mg of 3-amino-1,2-propanediol in 20 mL oftetrahydrofuran was added 136 mg of 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indoleN-succinimidyl ester. The solution was stirred for 48 h. Afterconcentration in vacuo the mixture was purified by preparative liquidchromatography using silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (92:8).The product, 135 mg of4-(N-2',3'-dihydroxypropylcarboxamido)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole, wasrecrystallized from methanol/methylene chloride, mp 139°-41° C.

EXAMPLE 12 4-(N-2'-Mercaptoethylcarboxamido)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indoleand 4-(S-2'-Aminoethylthiolcarbonyl)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole

To a solution of 113 mg of triethylamine in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran wasadded, first, 86 mg of 2-aminoethanethiol hydrochloride and, then, 139mg of 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole N-succinimidyl ester. Thesolution was stirred for 48 h and then concentrated in vacuo.Purification by liquid chromatography using silica gel and methylenechloride/methanol (96:4) afforded two products. The earlier elutingproduct, 23 mg of4-(N-2'-mercaptoethylcarboxamido)-6-(N-decanoylamino)-indole, decomposedat 200°-5° C. The later eluting product, 22 mg of4-(S-2'-aminoethylthiolcarbonyl)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole, wasrecrystallized from methanol, mp 192°-3° C.

EXAMPLE 134-(2'-Hydroxymethylpiperidinocarbonyl)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole

To a solution of 145 mg of 4-carboxy-6-(N-decanoylamino)indoleN-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added 103 mgor piperidinemethanol. The solution was heated at reflux for 5 days, atwhich time another 100 mg of piperidinemethanol was added and heatingcontinued for another day. The solution was then concentrated in vacuoand purified by liquid chromatography using silica gel and methylenechloride/isopropyl alcohol (93:7). In this manner 21 mg of4-(2'-hydroxymethylpiperidinocarbonyl)-6-(N-decanoylamino)indole wasobtained, mp 126°-129° C.

EXAMPLE 14 Phorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate 20-Methylcarbamate

One hundred milligrams of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate was dissolvedin 1 mL tetrahydrofuran. To this solution was added 11.5 μL of methylisocyanate, followed immediately by 20 μL of a 10% by weight solution ofdibutyltin dilaurate in tetrahydrofuran. After three hours an additional11.5 μL of methylisocyanate was added. Sixteen hours later 30 μL of thereaction solution was applied to a silica gel TLC plate and developedwith hexanes/ethyl acetate (46:54). The band at R_(f) =0.4 was scrapedoff and the product was eluted from the silica with acetone. Removal ofthe solvent in a stream of nitrogen gave 2.8 mg of phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate 20-methylcarbamate as a glassy solid for spectroscopicanalysis and bioassay.

EXAMPLE 1512-β-Myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one

Ninety-eight mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate wasdissolved in 0.5 mL tetrahydrofuran. To this was added 0.15 mL saturatedaqueous ammonium chloride, 0.15 mL 37% formalin solution, and 50 mg zincdust (less than 325 mesh). The reaction was capped and shaken vigorouslyfor 24 hours. At the end of this time the reaction was partitionedbetween pH 8 phosphate buffer and ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate phasewas reduced to a volume of 2 mL under a stream of nitrogen and 0.125 mLwas applied to a silica gel TLC plate and developed with hexanes/ethylacetate (46:54). The band at R_(f) =0.45 was scraped off and the productwas eluted from the silica powder with acetone. Removal of the acetoneyielded 3.0 mg of12-β-myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-oneas a glassy solid for spectroscopic analysis and bioassay.

EXAMPLE 16

Method

A stock solution of 300 pmoles of the standard inflammatory compoundphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate per 5 μL acetone was prepared. Thissolution was used to prepare four-fold dilutions of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate,prepared as in Example 3, covering concentrations of the latter rangingfrom 4 to 64,000 pmoles per 5 μL. These solutions were used todemonstrate the anti-inflammatory activity of the latter compound byapplication of 5 μL to the insides of the right ears of mice, followedby the observation of ear inflammation/erythema at intervals from 1 to48 hours after application. Inhibition of the phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate induced inflammation was observed at the medium and higherconcentrations of the inhibitor.

In a like manner, the anti-inflammatory activities of the followingcompounds are demonstrated; lower doses produce shorter periods ofinflammation/erythema and higher doses produce longer periods of, and inmost cases complete, inhibition during the entire assay period.

A. Diterpenoid-type phorboids:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate,

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-dibutyrate;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20- (2'-hydroxyethyl)methylamino!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-fluorophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vi) 12-β,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetoxy!-7-fluoro-9-hydroxy-1,4,6(20)-tigliatrien-3-one;

(vii) 12-β,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetoxy!-4,9-dihydroxy-7-fluoro-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one;

(viii) 12-β-myristoyloxy13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one;

(ix) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-methylcarbamate;

(x) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(xi) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12-octyldimethylsilylacetate13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(xii) 6-deshydroxy-6-carboxyresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(xiii) 20-deshydroxy-20-carboxyingenol 3-benzoate;

(xiv) 6-deshydroxy-20-carboxymethylidenephorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xv) 20-deoxy-20-dimethylphosphinylphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(xvi) 20-deoxy-20-dimethylphosphonylphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(xvii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(xviii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xix) 20-deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xx) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xxi) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xxii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xxiii) 20-deoxyphorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!20-sulfonic acid; and

(xxiv) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

B. Indolactam-type phorboids:

(i)rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(ii) 14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V;

(iii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxypropyl)!carboxamidoindolactam V;

(iv) 9-deshydroxy-9-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)indolactam V;

(v) 9-deshydroxy-9-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V;

(vi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V, triethylamine salt;

(vii) 9-deshydroxy-9-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactamV;

(viii) 7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V 14-O-(N'-methylcarbamate);

(ix) 1-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V14-O-(N'-methylcarbamate);

(x) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V; and

(xi) 14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V.

C. Benzolactam-type Phorboids:

(i) 5-deshydroxymethyl-5-carboxy-BL-V8-310.

EXAMPLE 17 9-Deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V

A solution of 60 g of 4-nitrogramine J. B. Hester, J. Org. Chem., 29:1158 (1964)! and 54 g of ethyl nitroacetate in 1.2 L of chlorobenzenewas heated at 100° C. for 1.5 h. After cooling the mixture was filtered,washed with cold methylene chloride and dried in vacuo to afford 58.9 gof ethyl 3-(4'-nitroindol-2'-yl)-2-nitropropionate as a yellow solid: mp159°-160.5° C. Another 11 g may be recovered from the filtrate bydilution with hexane, preparative liquid chromatography silica;methylene chloride/ethyl acetate (90:10)! and recrystallization frommethanol. The structure was confirmed by NMR.

To a solution of 7.29 g of ethyl3-(4'-nitroindol-2'-yl)-2-nitropropionate in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuranand 100 mL of ethanol was added 721 mg of 10% Pd on carbon. Theresulting mixture was shaken in a Parr apparatus under about 50 psihydrogen. After 70 min the mixture was filtrated through celite andwashed with ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Afterpurification by preparative liquid chromatography silica,hexane/tetrahydrofuran (60:40)! 5.5 g of ethyl3-(4'-aminoindol-2'-yl)-2-nitropropionate was obtained as an off-whitesolid, mp 110°-112° C. The structure was confirmed by NMR.

To a mixture prepared by treatment of 8.6 g of the sodium salt of3-methyl-2-oxobutanoic acid in 40 mL of dimethylformamide with 63 mmoleof hydrogen chloride in 17 mL of dimethylformamide was added 10 g ofethyl 3-(4'-aminoindol-2'-yl)-2-nitropropionate in 45 mL ofN,N-dimethylformamide. After the resulting mixture had been cooled in anice water bath, a solution of 6 g of sodium cyanoborohydride in 45 mL ofN,N-dimethylformamide was added over 15 min. After the addition wascomplete, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over aperiod of 30 min, at which time 200 mL of water was added and themixture acidified with 2N hydrochloric acid. This solution was extractedwith ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine,dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo and at a temperatureonly slightly above ambient to afford a crude mixture containing N- 4-3-(2'-nitro-2'-ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl!indolyl!valine.

To a cooled solution of this crude residue and 7.2 g ofN-hydroxysuccinimide in 250 mL of acetonitrile was added 15.5 g ofdicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 35 mL of acetonitrile. After 40 min, 2.7 mLof glacial acetic acid was added. After another 20 min the mixture wasfiltered and washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were washed withwater and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo toafford crude N- 4- 3-(2'-nitro-2'-ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl!indolyl!valineN-succinimidyl ester. After combination with another batch andpurification by preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/tetrahydrofuran (57:43)!, 24.4 g (91% yield) of the ester wasobtained as a gum. The structure was confirmed by NMR and mass spectralanalysis.

To a solution of 3.75 g of N- 4-3-(2'-nitro-2'-ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl!indolyl!valine N-succinimidyl esterin 200 mL of methanol was added 11.5 mL of a slurry of Raney nickel.This mixture was shaken on a Parr apparatus under about 50 psi ofhydrogen for 35 min. The supernatant was removed by decantation andconcentrated in vacuo. Several such crude mixtures were combined andpurified by preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/tetrahydrofuran (60:40)! to afford 3.23 g (31% yield) ofN-desmethyl-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactam V, mp 195°-5°C. (dec), and 2.13 g (20.5% yield) ofN-desmethyl-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam V, mp206°-8° C. (dec). The structures of these compounds were confirmed byNMR and mass spectral analysis and by conversion to the known indolactamV and epi-indolactam V respectively.

To a solution of 204 mg ofN-desmethyl-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactam V in 20 mL ofacetonitrile containing 1.5 mL of water was added 400 μL of 37% aqueousformaldehyde. After 20 min, 182 mg of sodium cyanoborohydride was added.After the mixture had stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, phosphatebuffer (pH 2) was added. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuobefore rediluting with water and extracting with ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentratedin vacuo. The resulting solid was purified by preparative liquidchromatography silica, hexane/tetrahydrofuran (60:40)! to afford 167 mgof 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactam V. The structure wasconfirmed by NMR and mass spectral analysis.

To a solution of 160 mg of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactamV in 23 mL of methanol was added 2.3 mL of 2N sodium hydroxide. Afterone hour 2N hydrochloric acid was added until the mixture was acidicwhereupon it was concentrated to a small volume in vacuo. The residuewas then diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentratedin vacuo to afford 137 mg of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V asa white solid.

EXAMPLE 18 9-Deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxy-epi-indolactam V

A solution of 10 mg ofN-desmethyl-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam V in 1 mLof acetonitrile containing 90 μL of water was added 20 μL of 37% aqueousformaldehyde. After 15 min 9 mg of sodium cyanoborohydride was added.After the mixture had stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours,phosphate buffer (pH 2) was added and the mixture further diluted withwater and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam V.

To a solution of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam V in2 mL of methanol was added 150 μL of 2N sodium hydroxide. After 50 min2N hydrochloric acid was added until the mixture was acidic whereupon itwas then diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentratedin vacuo to afford a residue of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxy-epi-indolactam V. The structure wasconfirmed by conversion to9-deshydroxymethyl-9-methoxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam V by treatment witha solution of diazomethane in ether.

EXAMPLE 19 9-Deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V N-Succinimidyl Ester

To a solution of 137 mg of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V and66 mg of N-hydroxysuccinimide in 7 mL of acetonitrile was added 119 mgof dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 3 mL of acetonitrile. After about onehour the reaction mixture was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo.Purification by preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/tetrahydrofuran (70:30)! afforded 136 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V N-succinimidyl ester.

EXAMPLE 20 9-Deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamidoindolactam V

To 11 mg of 3-amino-1,2-propandiol and 1 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridinewas added 25 mg of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam VN-succinimidyl ester in 250 μL of methylene chloride and 0.4 mLtetrahydrofuran. After 5 h the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Afterpreparative liquid chromatography silica; methylene chloride/isopropylalcohol (85:15); followed by ODS silica; acetonitrile/water (33:67)!,10.5 mg of 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!-carboxamidoindolactam V and 3.4 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)-propyl!carboxamido-epi-indolactam V were obtained.The structures of these compounds were confirmed by mass spectralanalysis.

EXAMPLE 219-Deshydroxymethyl-9-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyloxycarbonylindolactam V

To 30 mg of glycerol and 1 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine was added 25 mgof 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V N-succinimidyl ester in 250μL of methylene chloride and 0.4 mL tetrahydrofuran. After 20 h themixture was concentrated in vacuo. After preparative liquidchromatography silica; methylene chloride/isopropyl alcohol (91:9);followed by ODS silica; acetonitrile/water (36:64)! 13.3 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyloxycarbonylindolactam V and1.2 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyloxycarbonyl-epi-indolactam Vwere obtained. The structures of these compounds were confirmed by massspectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 22 9-Deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-glucosyl)!carboxamidoindolactam V

To 29 mg of 2-glucosamine hydrochloride, 19 mg of triethylamine and 1 mgof 4-dimethylaminopyridine was added 25 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9-carboxyindolactam V N-succinimidyl ester in 250 μLof methylene chloride and 0.4 mL tetrahydrofuran. After 7.5 h themixture was concentrated in vacuo. After preparative liquidchromatography silica; methylene chloride/methanol (80:20); followed byODS silica; acetonitrile/water (1.2% triethylamine) (21:79)!, 12.4 mg of9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-glucosyl)!carboxamidoindolactam V and 2.4 mgof 9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-glucosyl)!carboxamido-epi-indolactam Vwere obtained.

EXAMPLE 23

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-carboxy)ethyl!carboxamidoindolactam V.

(ii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-hydroxy)ethyl!carboxamidoindolactam V;

(iii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthiocarbonylindolactam V;

(iv) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonylindolactam V;

(v) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamido-7-octylindolactam V;

(vi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-carboxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octylindolactam V;

(vii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-hydroxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octylindolactam V;

(viii)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthiocarbonyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(ix) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonyl-7-octylindolactamV;

(x) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-carboxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-hydroxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xiii)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthiocarbonyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactamV;

(xiv)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactamV;

(xv) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamido-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xvi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-carboxy)ethyl!carboxamido-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xvii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-hydroxy)ethyl!carboxamido-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xviii)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthiocarbonyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactamV;

(xix)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactamV;

(xx) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-carboxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-N-(2'-hydroxy)ethyl!carboxamido-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxiii)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthiocarbonyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV; and

(xxiv)9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV.

EXAMPLE 24 14-O-N-(S)-(1'-Naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V and14-O- N-(S)-(1'-Naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9R,12R)-indolactam V

To a solution of 139 mg of racemic 7-octylindolactam V prepared as in K.Irie et al., Agric. Biol. Chem. 50: 2679 (1986)! in 15 mL of anhydroustetrahydrofuran was added 56 mg of dibutyltin dilaurate and 48 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine in 3 mL of tetrahydrofuran. To this solution wasadded 445 mg of (S)-1-(1-napthyl)ethyl isocyanate in two portions over atwo day period. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and theresidue partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic layerwas dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Afterpreparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/tetrahydrofuran(75:25)!, 200 mg of a mixture of diastereomers was obtained. Repetitivechromatography of this mixture wet silica; hexane/wet ethyl acetate(65:35)! afforded 87 mg of pure 14-O-N-(S)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V and 96mg of pure 14-O-N-(S)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9R,12R)-indolactam V. Thestructures of these compounds were confirmed by reduction to the known(-)-7-octylindolactam V and (+)-7-octylindolactam V respectively.

EXAMPLE 25 14-O- N-(R)-(1'-Naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-(9S,12S)-indolactamV and 14-O- N-(R)-(1'-Naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-(9R,12R)-indolactam V

To a solution of 2.3 g of racemic indolactam V in 80 mL of anhydroustetrahydrofuran with 569 mg of dibutyltin dilaurate and 560 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine was added 2.4 g of(R)-1-(1-napthyl)ethylisocyanate. After stirring at room temperature for24 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue partitionedbetween water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated in vacuo. After preparative liquidchromatography silica; hexane/tetrahydrofuran (55:45)!, 3.65 g of amixture of diastereomers was obtained. Repetitive chromatography of thismixture wet silica; hexane/wet ethyl acetate (65:35)! afforded 1.92 g of14-O- N-(R)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-(9R,12R)-indolactam V and 1.77g of 14-O- N-(R)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V. Thestructures of these compounds were confirmed by NMR, by comparison witha sample of 14-O- N-(R)-(1'-naphthyl)ethyl!carbamoyl-(9S,12S)-indolactamV prepared from authentic (-)-indolactam V, and by reduction to theknown (+)-indolactam V and (-)-indolactam V respectively.

EXAMPLE 26 14-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

A solution of 3 mg of dibutyltin dilaurate and 2 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine in 0.5 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was addedto 5 mg of (-)-7-octylindolactam V. Then 5 μL of methylisocyanate wasadded. After four hours at room temperature the mixture was concentratedunder nitrogen and purified by preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/tetrahydrofuran (70:30)! to afford 5 mg of14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V.

EXAMPLE 27 rac-14-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoylindolactam V

To a solution of 105 mg of racemic indolactam V, 41 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine, and 57 mg of dibutyltin dilaurate in 18 mL ofanhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added 150 μL of methylisocyanate in twoportions over 1.5 h. One hour after the final addition the mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by recrystallization fromtetrahydrofuran with hexane to afford 100 mg ofrac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V, mp 184°-185° C.

EXAMPLE 28

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoylindolactam V;

(ii) 14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl indolactam V;

(iii) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoylindolactam V;

(iv) 14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(v) 14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(vi) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(vii) 14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(viii) 14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(ix) 14-O-(-N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(x) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xi) 14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xii) 14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xiii) 14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xiv) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xv)14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xvi)14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactam V;

(xvii)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xviii)14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xix) 14-O-(N-ethyl)carbamoylteleocidin B;

(xx) 14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoylteleocidin B; and

(xxi) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoylteleocidin B.

EXAMPLE 29 rac-14-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-diphenylphosphorylindolactamV

To 12 mg of rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V in 500 μL ofanhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added approximately 2 mg of sodium hydride(50% dispersion in oil) followed by 30 μL of diphenylchlorophosphate intwo portions. After 2-3 hours, thin layer chromatographic analysissilica; methylene chloride/methanol (95:5)! showed that the startingrac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V (R_(f) =0.36) had beenconverted torac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-diphenylphosphorylindolactam V withR_(f) =0.43.

EXAMPLE 30rac-14-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactamV, Methanesulfonate salt

To 16 mg of rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V in 0.75 mL ofN,N-dimethylformamide in an ice-water bath was added 8 mg of sodiumhydride (60% dispersion in oil). After about 10 min this solution wasadded to 20 mg of 2-methanesulfonyloxyethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide(prepared from 2-hydroxyethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide). After 1 hthis mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixturewas taken up in methanol, treated with a small amount of methanesulfonicacid in methanol and reconcentrated. Thin layer chromatographic analysissilica; methylene chloride/methanol (90:10)! showed that the startingrac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V (R_(f) =0.63) had beenconverted torac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt, with R_(f) =0.57.

EXAMPLE 31

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared;

(i)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(ii)14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactam V,methanesulfonate salt;

(iii)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-epi-indolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(iv)14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-epi-indolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(v)14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-epi-indolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(vi)14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt;

(vii)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt; and

(viii)14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt.

EXAMPLE 32rac-14-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V

To 16 mg of rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V in 0.75 mL ofN,N-dimethylformamide in an ice-water bath was added 8 mg of sodiumhydride (60% dispersion in oil). After about 10 min, 20 μL ofbromomethyltrimethylsilane was added. After 1 h this mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetateand phosphate buffer (pH 8). The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Thin layer chromatographic analysissilica; methylene chloride/methanol (95:5)! showed that the startingrac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V (R_(f) =0.36) had beenconverted torac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V withR_(f) =0.59.

EXAMPLE 33

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V;

(ii) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethylindolactam V;

(iii) 14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-epi-indolactamV;

(iv)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-epi-indolactam V;

(v) 14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-epi-indolactam V;

(vi)14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(vii)14-O-(N-methyl)thiocarbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV; and

(viii)14-O-(N-benzyl)carbamoyl-1-N-trimethylsilylmethyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV.

EXAMPLE 34 14-O-(Diisopropylamino)methoxy!phosphinyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

To 5 mg of (-)-7-octylindolactam V in 180 μL of anhydrous methylenechloride was added 15 μL of diisopropylethylamine followed by 7 μL ofN,N-diisopropylmethylphosphoramidic chloride. After 0.5 h, thin layerchromatographic analysis silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (45:55)! showedthat the starting (-)-7-octylindolactam V (R_(f) =0.17) had beenconverted to 14-O-(diisopropylamino)methoxy!phosphinyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V withR_(f) =0.72.

EXAMPLE 35 14-O-(Dimethyl)thiophosphoryl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

To 5 mg of (-)-7-octylindolactam V in 200 μL of anhydrous methylenechloride and containing 5 μL of pyridine was added 14 μL of dimethylchlorothiophosphate and approximately 10 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine.After 2 h, thin layer chromatographic analysis silica; methylenechloride/methanol (95:5)! showed that the starting (-)-7-octylindolactamV (R_(f) =0.32) had been converted to14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphoryl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V with R_(f)=0.36.

EXAMPLE 36

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-O-(dimethyl)phosphorylindolactam V;

(ii) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidylindolactam V;

(iii) 14-O-(diethyl)phosphonylindolactam V;

(iv) 14-O- bis(2',2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphorylindolactam V;

(v) 14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphorylindolactam V;

(vi) 14-O-(dimethyl)phosphoryl-7-octylindolactam V;

(vii) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(viii) 14-O-(diethyl)phosphonyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(ix) 14-O- bis(2',2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphoryl-7-octylindolactam V;

(x) 14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphoryl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xi) 14-O-(dimethyl)phosphoryl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xii) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xiii) 14-O-(diethyl)phosphonyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xiv) 14-O-bis(2',2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphoryl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xv) 14-O-(dimethyl)phosphoryl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xvi) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactamV;

(xvii) 14-O-(diethyl)phosphonyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xviii) 14-O-bis(2',2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphoryl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xix) 14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphoryl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xx)14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphoryl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxi)14-O-(dimethyl)phosphoryl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxii) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidyl-7-octylindolactam V;

(xxiii)14-O-(diethyl)phosphonyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxiv) 14-O-bis(2',2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphoryl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxv) 14-O-(dimethyl)phosphorylteleocidin B;

(xxvi) 14-O-(tetramethyl)phosphorodiamidylteleocidin B;

(xvii) 14-O-(diethyl)phosphonylteleocidin B;

(xxviii) 14-O- bis(2'2',2'-trichloroethyl)!phosphorylteleocidin B; and

(xxix) 14-O-(dimethyl)thiophosphorylteleocidin B.

EXAMPLE 3714-Deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxy)propylthio-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

To a solution of 6 mg of 3-mercapto-1-propanol in 150 μL of methanolcontaining 1.3 mg of sodium methoxide was added approximately 6 mg of14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (prepared from(-)-7-octylindolactam V) in 300 μL of acetonitrile. After 20 h thismixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed twice with phosphatebuffers (pH 2 and pH 8). After drying over sodium sulfate, the organiclayer was concentrated under a nitrogen stream. Thin layerchromatographic analysis silica, methylene chloride/methanol (96:4)!showed that the starting14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (R_(f) =0.67) hadbeen converted to14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxy)propylthio-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V withR_(f) =0.22.

EXAMPLE 38

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-deoxy-14-butylthio-7-octylindolactam V;

(ii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy-1'-methyl)ethylthio-7-octylindolactam V;

(iii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-carboxy)ethylthio-7-octylindolactam V;

(iv) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-amino)ethylthio-7-octylindolactam V;

(v) 14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxymethyl)phenylthio-7-octylindolactam V;

(vi) 14-deoxy-14-propylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(vii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy-1'-methyl)ethylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactamV;

(viii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-carboxy)ethylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(ix) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-amino)ethylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(x) 14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxymethyl)phenylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xi) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthio-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(xii) 14-deoxy-14-propylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xiii)14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy-1'-methyl)ethylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactamV;

(xiv) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-carboxy)ethylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xv) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-amino)ethylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xvi)14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxymethyl)phenylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xvii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthio-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V;

(xviii)14-deoxy-14-propylthio-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactam V;

(xix)14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy-1'-methyl)ethylthio-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xx)14-deoxy-14-(2'-carboxy)ethylthio-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxi)14-deoxy-14-(2'-amino)ethylthio-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxii)14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxymethyl)phenylthio-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(xxiii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthio-7-octyl- 12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactam V;

(xxiv) 14-deoxy-14-propylthioteleocidin B;

(xxv) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy-1'-methyl)ethylthioteleocidin B;

(xxvi) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-carboxy)ethylthioteleocidin B;

(xxvii) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-amino)ethylthioteleocidin B;

(xxviii) 14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxymethyl)phenylthioteleocidin B; and

(xxix) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxy)ethylthioteleocidin B.

EXAMPLE 3914-Deoxy-14-(N-methanesulfonyl)amino-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

To a solution of 4 mg of methanesulfonamide in 150 μL of methanolcontaining 1.3 mg of sodium methoxide was added approximately 6 mg of14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (prepared from(-)-7-octylindolactam V) in 300 μL of acetonitrile. After 26 h thismixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed twice with phosphatebuffers (pH 2 and pH 8). After drying over sodium sulfate, the organiclayer was concentrated under a nitrogen stream. Thin layerchromatographic analysis silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (45:55)! showedthat the starting 14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V(R_(f) =0.47) had been converted to14-deoxy-14-N-(methanesulfonyl)amino-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V withR_(f) =0.38.

EXAMPLE 40 14-Deoxy-14-trimethylphosphonium-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactamV, Methanesulfonate salt

To a solution of approximately 6 mg of14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (prepared from(-)-7-octylindolactam V) in 300 μL of acetonitrile was added 30 μL of 1Mtrimethylphosphine in toluene. After 26 h this mixture was concentratedunder a nitrogen stream. Thin layer chromatographic analysis silica;methylene chloride/methanol (95:5)! showed that the starting14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (R_(f) =0.63) hadbeen converted to14-deoxy-14-trimethylphosphonium-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V,methanesulfonate salt, with R_(f) 0.07.

EXAMPLE 41 14-Deoxy-14-triphenylphosphonium-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactamV, Iodide salt

To a solution of approximately 5 mg of14-deoxy-14-iodo-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (prepared from14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V) in 1 mL oftetrahydrofuran was added 6 mg of triphenyphosphine. After 2.5 h thismixture was concentrated under a nitrogen stream. Thin layerchromatographic analysis silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (45:55)! showedthat the starting 14-deoxy-14-iodo-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (R_(f)=0.37) had been converted to14-deoxy-14-triphenylphosphonium-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V, iodidesalt, with R_(f) =0.88.

EXAMPLE 42

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-deoxy-14-tributylphosphonium-7-octylindolactam V, iodide salt;

(ii) 14-deoxy-14-triethylphosphonium-7-octylindolactam V, iodide salt;

(iii) 14-deoxy-14-methyldiphenylphosphonium-7-octylindolactam V, iodidesalt;

(iv) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylphosphonium-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V, iodidesalt;

(v) 14-deoxy-14-tributylphosphonium-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V, iodidesalt;

(vi) 14-deoxy-14-triethylphosphonium-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V, iodidesalt;

(vii) 14-deoxy-14-methyldiphenylphosphonium-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V,iodide salt;

(viii) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylphosphonium-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V,iodide salt;

(ix) 14-deoxy-14-tributylphosphonium-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V,iodide salt;

(x) 14-deoxy-14-triethylphosphonium-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V,iodide salt;

(xi) 14-deoxy-14-methyldiphenylphosphonium-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactamV, iodide salt;

(xii)14-deoxy-14-tributylphosphonium-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, iodide salt;

(xiii)14-deoxy-14-triethylphosphonium-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, iodide salt;

(xiv)14-deoxy-14-methyldiphenylphosphonium-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, iodide salt;

(xv)14-deoxy-14-trimethylphosphonium-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV, iodide salt;

(xvi) 14-deoxy-14-tributylphosphoniumteleocidin B, iodide salt;

(xvii) 14-deoxy-14-triethylphosphoniumteleocidin B, iodide salt;

(xviii) 14-deoxy-14-methyldiphenylphosphoniumteleocidin B, iodide salt;and

(xix) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylphosphoniumteleocidin B, iodide salt.

EXAMPLE 43 14-Deoxy-14-trimethylsilyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V

To a mixture of 10 mg of powdered zinc and 10 μL oftrimethylchlorosilane in 300 μL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was addedapproximately 5 mg of 14-deoxy-14-iodo-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V(prepared from 14-O-methanesulfonyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V) in500 μL of tetrahydrofuran. After 2.5 h, thin layer chromatographicanalysis silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (45:55)! showed that the starting14-deoxy-14-iodo-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (R_(f) =0.37) had beenlargely converted to14-deoxy-14-trimethylsilyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V with R_(f)=0.49.

EXAMPLE 44

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylsilyl-7-octyl-epi-indolactam V;

(ii)14-deoxy-14-trimethylsilyl-7-octyl-12-des-iso-propyl-12-benzylindolactamV;

(iii) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylsilyl-6,7-tetramethyleneindolactam V; and

(iv) 14-deoxy-14-trimethylsilylteleocidin B.

EXAMPLE 45 20-Deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and20-Deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(hydroximino)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 250 mg of 20-deoxy-20-oxophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)-acetate! G. Kreibich and E. Hecker, Z.Krebsforsch., 74: 448-456 (1970)! in 6 mL of methanol was added 4 mL ofa solution prepared by adding 40 mL of 0.375M sodium methoxide inmethanol to 2.5 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride. After 2.5 h themixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitionedbetween water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered througha funnel containing layers of sodium chloride, sodium sulfate and silicagel (N/N/S) and concentrated in vacuo. After purification of the residueby preparative liquid chromatography silica; methylene chloride/ethylacetate (85:15)!, 211 mg of 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 27 mg of20-deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(hydroximino)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! were obtained. The structures wereconfirmed by NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 46

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-dibutyrate;

(iii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 13-decanoate;

(iv) 12,20-dideoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; and

(vi) 20-deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(hydroximino)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 47 20-Deoxy-20-methoximinophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and20-Deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(methoximino)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-oxophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of pyridine was added 35 mg ofmethoxylamine hydrochloride. After 2.5 h the mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer waswashed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filtered through N/N/S andconcentrated in vacuo. After preparative liquid chromatography silica,hexane/ethyl acetate (80:20)! of the residue, 96 mg, of20-deoxy-20-methoximinophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!and 4 mg of 20-deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(methoximino)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! were obtained. The structures wereconfirmed by NMR and high resolution mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 48

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12-(3',5'-difluorocinnamate) 13-3'-(2",4"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-methoximinophorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(vi) 12,20-dideoxy-20-methoximinophorbol 13-decanoate;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-t-butoximinophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(viii) 20-deoxy-20-carboxymethoximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ix) 20-deoxy-20-(4-nitrobenzoximino)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(x) 20-deoxy-20-alloximinophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; and

(xi) 20-deoxy-20-oxophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!20-semicarbazone.

EXAMPLE 49 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 0.5 mL pyridine was added to a mixtureof 9 mg cupric sulfate and 35 mg of triethylamine in 1.5 mL of methylenechloride. After 1 h 47 mg of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added to thegreen solution. After 3 h at room temperature the reaction mixture washeated at 40°-45° C. for 3 h. During this period another 50 mg ofdicyclohexylcarbodiimide was added. After cooling the mixture to roomtemperature, 0.5 mL of formic acid was added followed by partitioningbetween ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer waswashed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filtered through N/N/S andconcentrated in vacuo. Preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/ethyl acetate (75:25)! afforded 43 mg of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andhigh resolution mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 50

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 12,13-didecanoate; and

(iii) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 13-decanoate.

EXAMPLE 51 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 1.51 g of 20-deoxy-2-oxo-phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 55 mL of methylene chloride, 150 mL oft-butyl alcohol and 10 mL of 2-methyl-2-butene was added 18.75 mL of asolution prepared by dissolving 1.99 g of sodium chlorite and 2 g ofpotassium dihydrogen phosphate in 20 mL of deionized water. After 1.25 habout 10 mL of 20% aq. sodium thiosulfate was added and the mixture waspartially concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned betweenethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8). The organic layer was washedsequentially with pH 2 and pH 8 phosphate buffers and dried over sodiumsulfate. After concentration in vacuo, 1.53 g of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! was obtained. An analytical sample wasobtained by preparative liquid chromatography silica; methylenechloride/methanol (95:5)! and the structure confirmed by NMR and massspectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 52

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-dibutyrate;

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(iii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxy-3-deoxo-3-benzoyloxyphorbol12-butyrate 13-(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(iv)6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxy-3-deoxo-3-(2',4'-difluorophenylacetoxy)phorbol12-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-(4'-biphenyl)acetate;

(v) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 13-decanoate;

(vi) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(vii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(viii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate13-butyrate;

(ix) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(x) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12-(3',5'-difluorocinnamate)13-3'-(2",4"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(xi) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(xii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyresiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(xiii) 5-O-trimethylsilyl-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyingenol3,4-acetonide;

(xiv) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12-octyldimethylsilylacetate13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate; and

(xv) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxy-12-deoxyphorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate.

EXAMPLE 53 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of approximately 100 mg of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added anexcess of diazomethane in ether. After about one hour the solution wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue subjected to preparative liquidchromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (70:30)! to afford 96 mg of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 54

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-didecanoate; and

(ii) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonylphorbol 13-decanoate.

EXAMPLE 55 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol

12,13-Bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A solution of 580 mg of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 20 mL oftetrahydrofuran was added to an ice cooled mixture of 256 mg ofN-hydroxysuccinimide and 1.38 g of 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxyphorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in acetonitrile (85mL)/tetrahydrofuran (50 mL). After 10 min the mixture was allowed towarm to room temperature under positive nitrogen pressure. After 7 h themixture was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. Preparative liquidchromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (50:50)! afforded 1.53 g of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!, the structure of which was confirmed byNMR spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 56

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol13-decanoate,

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol12-myristate 13-acetate; and

(iii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate.

EXAMPLE 57 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-N-(2',3'-dihydroxypropyl)carboxamido!phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

Over 2.5 h a total of about 50 mg of (±)-3-amino-1,2-propandiol wasadded to a solution of 100 mg of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL)/acetonitrile(0.5 mL). After another 0.75 h the mixture was partitioned betweenphosphate buffer (pH 2) and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washedwith phosphate buffer (pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedin vacuo. The resulting residue was subjected to preparative liquidchromatography silica; methylene chloride/methanol (94:6) to afford 78mg of 6-deshydroxymethyl-6- N-(2',3'-dihydroxypropyl)carboxamido!phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed byNMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 58

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-N-(2'-hydroxyethyl)carboxamido!phorbol 13-decanoate;

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-N-(2'S)-1'-hydroxyprop-2'-yl)carboxamido!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(iii)6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(2'-hydroxymethylpiperidin-1'-yl)carbonylphorbol12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate; and

(iv) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxamidophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 59 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-Bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A solution consisting of 100 mg of6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(N-succinimidyloxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!, a few mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine anda large excess of ethylene glycol in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran was allowedto stand for 6 days at room temperature. The solution was thenpartitioned between water and ethyl acetate, the organic layer driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. After purification bypreparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate!, 32 mgof 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! was obtained. The structure was confirmedby NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 60

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 12-deoxy-6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(2'-hydroxy)ethoxycarbonylphorbol13-decanoate; and

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-(3'-hydroxy)propyloxycarbonylphorbol12-myristate 13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 61 20-Deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of acetonitrile was added asolution of 37 μL of 3-mercaptopropanol in 383 μL of 0.43M methanolicsodium methoxide. After about 15 min the reaction mixture waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8). Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under astream of nitrogen. The residue was chromatographed silica; hexane/ethylacetate (65:35)! to afford 77 mg of20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13 -bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 62

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2',3'-dihydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(4'-hydroxy-n-butylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-aminoethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20- 2'-(formylamino)ethylthio!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20- 2'-(acetylamino)ethylthio!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(viii) 20-deoxy-20- 2'-(methylsulfonylamino)ethylthio!phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate;

(ix) 20-deoxy-20-propylthiophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(x) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-mercaptoethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xi) 20-deoxy-20- 2'-(hydroxymethyl)phenylthio!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(xii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-dibenzoate;

(xiii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis(phenylacetate);

(xiv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(xvi) 20-deoxy-20-(2',3'-dihydroxypropylthio)phorbol12-4'-(9",10"-dihydrophenanthrene-2")butyrate!13-(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(xvii) 20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)phorbol12-(2',4'-difluorocinnamate) 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(xviii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-(4'-biphenylacetate)13- 3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(xix) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxamidoethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(xx) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-12-O-,13-O-bis(isopropyldimethylsilyl)phorbol;

(xxi) 20-deoxy-20-(4'-hydroxy-2'-butenylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(xxii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(xxiii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)resiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(xxiv) 20-deoxy-20-phenylselenophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(xxv) 20-deoxy-20-methylselenophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! (sodium methylselenide is prepared bytreatment of dimethyldiselenide with sodium borohydride).

EXAMPLE 63 20-Deoxy-20- 2'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)ethylthio!phorbol

A solution containing 12 g of 2-hydroxyethyldisulfide and 12.2 g ofimidazole in 150 mL of dried N,N-dimethylformamide was treated with41.65 g of t-butyldiphenylchlorosilane. After 2 h, another 25 g of thesilane and 5 g of imidazole were added along with 10 mL of pyridine.After another 3.5 h the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand water. The organic layer was then washed with phosphate buffer (pH 2and pH 8, sequentially), filtered through N/N/S and concentrated invacuo. Preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/methylenechloride (90:10)! afforded about 46 g of2-t-butyldiphenylsilyloxyethyldisulfide.

To a solution of 46 g of 2-t-butyldiphenylsilyloxyethyldisulfide in 650mL of tetrahydrofuran was added a mixture of 40 g of zinc dust and 10 mLof acetic acid in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran. After 2 h the supernatantwas decanted into 2 L of water and the residue washed twice with 500 mLof ethyl acetate each. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethylacetate and the combined organic layers washed with brine, filteredthrough N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved inhexane/methylene chloride (85:15) and filtered through silica.Concentration in vacuo afforded 37.5 g of2-t-butyldiphenylsilyloxyethylthiol.

A solution prepared from 1 g of sodium and 17 g of2-t-butyldiphenylsilyloxyethylthiol in 100 mL of methanol was added toapproximately 4 g of crude 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol in 500 mL of ethylacetate. After 35 min, a dilute phosphate buffer (pH 2) was added andthen the organic layer was washed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filteredthrough N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. Preparative liquidchromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (25:75)! of the residueafforded 6.0 g of 20-deoxy-20-2'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)ethylthio!phorbol.

EXAMPLE 64 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-Bis3-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!

To an ice-cold solution of 300 mg of 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole in 3 mLnitromethane was added 420 μL of methyl triflate followed by 441 mg of3-(pentafluorophenyl)propionic acid in 5 mL of nitromethane. After 5 mina solution of 245 mg of 20-deoxy-20-2'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)ethylthio!phorbol and 30 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine in 1.5 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran wasadded. This mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for 17 hthen it was partitioned between ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH8). After drying (over sodium sulfate) the organic layer wasconcentrated in vacuo. By analysis of the thin layer chromatogram thisresidue was found to consist of a mixture of the mono and diesters. Theresidue was again subjected to the above conditions for 2 h and thentreated as before. Preparative liquid chromatography silica;hexane/ethyl acetate (85:15)! afforded 320 mg of 20-deoxy-20-2'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)ethylthio!phorbol 12,13-bis3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!.

Three hundred μL of 1M tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuranwas added to a solution of 250 mg of 20-deoxy-20-2'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)ethylthio!phorbol 12,13-bis3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate! in 4 mL of tetrahydrofuran. After 2 hthe solution was partitioned between phosphate buffer (pH 8) and ethylacetate. The organic layer was filtered through N/N/S and concentratedin vacuo. Preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate(60:40)! afforded 66 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis 3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!. This structure wasconfirmed by NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 65

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(3',4'-dimethoxyphenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-didecanoate(decanoyl anhydride is used as the acylating agent in the presence ofpyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine);

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis(diphenylphosphate) (diphenylchlorophosphate is used as theacylating agent in the presence of triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine);

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(diethylphosphate)(diethylchlorophosphate is used as the acylating agent in the presenceof triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine); and

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)carbamate! (2,4-difluorophenyl isocyanate is usedas the carbamoylating agent in the presence of dibutyltin dilaurate and4-dimethylaminopyridine).

EXAMPLE 66 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

Fifty μL of 3-mercaptopropionic acid was added to 1.6 mL of 0.435Mmethanolic sodium methoxide. This solution was then added to 100 mg of20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 2mL of dried acetonitrile. After 0.5 h the mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer wasthen washed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filtered through N/N/S andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative liquid chromatographysilica, methylene chloride/methanol (97:3)! afforded 54 mg of20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate). This structure was confirmed byNMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 67

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(iii) 12,20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate13- 3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(vi) 12,20-dideoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)resiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate; and

(viii) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-hydroxylamino-3'-oxopropyl)thio!phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 68 20-Deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A solution of 72 mg of hydrated sodium hydrogensulfide in 1 mL ofmethanol and 2 μL of acetic acid was prepared. Two hundred and fifty μLof this solution was added to a solution of 100 mg of20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1mL of acetonitrile. After 35 min another 100 μL of the solution wasadded. After 25 min phosphate buffer (pH 6) was added and the mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered throughN/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected topreparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate mixtures!to afford 32 mg of 20-deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 69

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(iii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;and

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-mercaptoresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate.

EXAMPLE 70 20-Deoxy-20-acetonylthiophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a mixture of chloroacetone and potassium iodide in acetonitrile isadded 20-deoxy-20-mercaptophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. After a period of time the mixture ispartitioned between ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8) and theorganic layer is filtered through N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo.Purification by liquid chromatography affords20-deoxy-20-acetonylthiophorbol 12,1 3-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 71 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12-Myristate13-Acetate and 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethyl sulfonyl)phorbol12-Myristate 13-Acetate

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate in 2 mL of t-butyl alcohol was added 100 μL of30% hydrogen peroxide. After 30 min, 2 mL of 20% aq. sodium thiosulfatewas added and the mixture partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated invacuo. After preparative liquid chromatography silica, methylenechloride/isopropyl alcohol! on the residue, 67 mg of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate and14 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate were obtained. The structures were confirmed by NMR and massspectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 72

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(propylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)-3-deoxo-3-hyroximinophorbol12,13-bis 3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 73 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of methylene chloridewas added, drop wise, 49 mg of m-chloroperbenzoic acid in 1 mL ofmethylene chloride. After about one hour another 28 mg of peracid wasadded. A few minutes later the reaction mixture was partitioned betweenaq. sodium thiosulfate (approximately 5%) and ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo.Preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (40:60)!of the residue afforded 69 mg of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 74

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(propylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-3-deoxo-3-hyroximinophorbol12,13-bis 3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 75 20-Deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate

A mixture consisting of 500 mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate13-acetate, 80 mg of potassium cyanide, 150 mg of tetrabutylammoniumchloride, 75 mg of 18-crown-6, 3 mL of chloroform and 2.8 mL of waterwas stirred for 22 h at room temperature. The mixture was thenpartitioned between ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8) and theorganic layer was filtered through N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo.Preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/isopropyl alcohol(92:8)! afforded 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 76

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12,13-bis(phenylacetate);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12,13-bis (pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol12-4'-(9",10"-dihydrophenanthrene-2")-butyrate!13-(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(v) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-(2',4'-difluorocinnamate)13-(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate);

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(vii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-cyanophorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;and

(viii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanoresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate.

EXAMPLE 77 20-Deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of anhydrous methanol was added88 mg of sodium azide. After 3 h the mixture was partitioned betweenwater and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered through N/N/Sand concentrated in vacuo. Upon further purification by chromatographysilica; hexane/ethyl acetate (80:20)!, 88 mg of 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! was obtained. The structure wasconfirmed by NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 78

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(phenylacetate);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis (pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol12-4'-(9",10"-dihydrophenanthrene-2")-butyrate!13-(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(v) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12-(2',4'-difluorocinnamate)13-(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate);

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(vii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-azidophorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(viii) 12,20-dideoxy-20-azidophorbol 13-decanoate;

(ix) 20-deoxy-20-azidoresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(x) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(xi) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-dibenzoate;

(xii) 20-deoxy-20-azido-12-O-, 13-O-bis(isopropyldimethylsilyl)phorbol;

(xiii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(xiv) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(3',4'-dimethoxyphenyl)acetate!;

(xv) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(xvi) 5-O-trimethylsilyl-20-deoxy-20-azidoingenol 3,4-acetonide;

(xvii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12-octyldimethylsilylacetate13-(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate); and

(xviii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12-(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate)13-diphenylphosphate.

EXAMPLE 79 20-Deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A solution of 47.5 mg of 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 27 mg of triphenylphosphine in 1 mLof tetrahydrofuran was stirred for 4.5 h at room temperature. At thistime 10 mg of triphenylphosphine was added followed 1.5 h later by 100μL of water and 1.5 h after that with a few mg of silica. After another1.5 h the mixture was filtered through silica gel and concentrated by astream of nitrogen. Preparative liquid chromatography afforded 18 Mg of20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 80

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis(phenylacetate);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis (pentafluorophenyl)acetate!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol12-4'-(9",10"-dihydrophenanthrene-2")-butyrate!13-(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(v) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13- 3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(vi) 12,20-dideoxy-20-aminophorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-aminoresiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(viii) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(ix) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-dibenzoate;

(x) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorobenzoate); and

(xi) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis (3',4'-dimethoxyphenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 81 20-Deoxy-20-(N'-methylureido)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 50 mg of 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of tetrahydrofuran is added 20 μLof methyl isocyanate. After several hours some methanol is added to thereaction mixture to consume excess isocyanate and the mixture isconcentrated. Purification by liquid chromatography affords20-deoxy-20-(N'-ureido)phorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 82

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-ethylureido)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-propylureido)phorbol 12,13-dibenzoate;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-methylthioureido)phorbol12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(iv) 12,20-dideoxy-20-(N'-butylureido)phorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(v) 20-deoxy-20- N'-(3'-methoxyphenyl)ureido!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20- N'-(3'-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureido!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-allylthioureido)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(viii) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-phenethylthioureido)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(ix) 20-deoxy-20-(N'-methylureido)resiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate.

EXAMPLE 83 20-Deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 1.0 g of phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 1.58 g of 2,6-lutidine in 20 mL ofdry acetonitrile was added 3.21 g of dibromotriphenylphosphorane. After0.5 h approximately 10 mL of water was added and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washedwith phosphate buffers, pH 2 and pH 8 sequentially, and then brinebefore being filtered through N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo.Preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (75:25)!afforded 665 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 84

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-acetate; and

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12- (2',2'-dimethyl)(2",4"-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-butyrate.

EXAMPLE 85 20-Deoxy-20- N,N-bis(2'-hydroxyethyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 11 μL of pyridine in 1 mL ofacetonitrile was added, over a 5 h period, 50 mg of diethanolamine in 1mL of acetonitrile. The reaction was then partitioned between ethylacetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer was washed withphosphate buffer (pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated invacuo. After preparative liquid chromatography silica; methylenechloride/tetrahydrofuran (75:25)!, 51 mg of 20-deoxy-20-N,N-bis(2'-hydroxyethyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! was obtained. The structure was confirmedby NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 86

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylamino)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20- (2'S)-1'-hydroxyprop-2'-yl)amino!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxymethylpiperidin-1-yl)phorbol12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-acetate; and

(iv) 20-deoxy-20- (2'-carboxyethyl)amino!phorbol 12-(2',2'-dimethyl)(2",4"-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-butyrate.

EXAMPLE 87 20-Deoxy-20-(imidazol-1'-yl)phorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 20-Deoxy-20-(imidazol-2'-yl)phorbol12,13-Bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

Twelve mg of imidazole was added to 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1.5 mL of acetonitrilefollowed by 11 μL of pyridine 10 min later. After 2 h another 10 mg ofimidazole was added. Three hours later a drop of pyrollidinyl pyridinewas added. After 1.5 h the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetateand phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer was washed with phosphatebuffer (pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was chromatographed silica; methylene chloride/tetrahydrofuran(65:35)! to afford 33 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(imidazol-1'-yl)phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 13 mg of20-deoxy-20-(imidazol-2'-yl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structures were confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 88 20-Deoxy-20-(4'-dimethylaminopyridinium-1'-yl)phorbol12-Myristate 13-Acetate, Bromide (Iodide) salt

A solution of 75 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetateand 1 mL of ethylene glycol in 1 mL of acetone was treated with 15 mg ofpotassium iodide and 30 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine at roomtemperature. After 30 min the mixture was partitioned between ethylacetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2). The organic layer was washed withphosphate buffer (pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated invacuo. After purification by preparative liquid chromatography silica;methylene chloride/methanol (50:50)!20-deoxy-20-(4'-dimethylaminopyridinium-1'-yl)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate, bromide (iodide) salt, was obtained. It did not crystallize.

EXAMPLE 89 20-Deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxymethylphenyl)aminophorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

A total of 99 mg of 3-aminobenzyl alcohol was added over 1.5 h to 95 mgof 20-deoxy-20-oxophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 3mL of acetonitrile/10% aq. acetic acid (9:1). To this mixture was thenadded 23 mg of sodium cyanoborohydride, and, after 25 min, phosphatebuffer (pH 2) was added. This solution was extracted with ethyl acetateand the organic layer washed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filteredthrough N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. Chromatographic purificationsilica; hexane/ethyl acetate (55:45)! afforded 70 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxymethylphenyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andmass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 90

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20- (4'-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phenyl)amino!phorbol12,13-didecanoate;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-methoxycarbonylmethylphenyl)amino!phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-cyanophenyl)amino!phorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate13-butyrate;

(iv) 20-deoxy-20- (4'-carboxamidophenyl)amino!phorbol12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(v) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-acetylphenyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-dihydroxyboranylphenyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20- (4'-oxoarsinylphenyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',41-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(viii) 20-deoxy-20- (4'-dihydroxyphosphonylphenyl)amino!phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(ix) 12,20-dideoxy-20- (3'-hydroxymethylphenyl)amino!phorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate.

EXAMPLE 91 20-O-(2'-Hydroxyethyl)phorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate

A solution of 75 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetateand 1 mL of ethylene glycol in 1 mL of acetone was treated with 15 mg ofpotassium iodide and 30 mg of 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylpyridine at roomtemperature in the dark and under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 days. Itwas then partitioned between ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 2).The organic layer was washed with phosphate buffer (pH 8), filteredthrough N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. After purification bypreparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (50:50)!28.5 mg of 20-O-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate wasobtained. The structure was confirmed by NMR and high resolution massspectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 92

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-O-(4'-hydroxy-2'-butynyl)phorbol 12,13 bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-O-(4'-hydroxy-2'-butenyl)phorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate13-acetate;

(iii) 20-O-acetonylphorbol 12-(2',2'-dimethyl)(2",4"-difluorophenyl)acetate! 13-butyrate;

(iv) 20-O-(2'-propyl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; and

(v) 20-O-(3'-hydroxyprop-1'-yl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 93 20-O-(4'-Hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 8.26 g of hydroquinone and 6.3 g of imidazole in 80 mLof pyridine was added 20.6 g of t-butyldiphenylchlorosilane in 20 mL ofpyridine. After 1.5 h the mixture was partitioned between water andethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed twice with phosphate buffer(pH 2) and once each with phosphate buffer (pH 8) and brine before beingfiltered through N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. Preparative liquidchromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (85:15)! afforded 14.4 g of4-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)phenol. The structure was confirmed by itsNMR spectrum.

To a solution of 46 mg of 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole in 0.5 mLnitromethane was added 65 μL of methyl triflate followed by 100 mg of4-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)phenol in 1.4 mL of nitromethane. A total of1.9 mL of this solution was added to a mixture of 100 mg of phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and approximately 10 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine in 500 μL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. After4.5 h this mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. Theorganic layer was filtered through N/N/S, concentrated in vacuo andsubjected to preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethylacetate (80:20)! to afford 142 mg of 20-O-4'-(t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy)phenoxy!carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. A solution of this material in 1 mLtetrahydrofuran was treated with 160 μL of 1.0M tetrabutylammoniumfluoride in tetrahydrofuran. After 14 min the mixture was partitionedbetween ethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8). The organic layer wasfiltered through N/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. After preparativeliquid chromatography silica; hexane/ethyl acetate (65:35)! 108 mg of20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! was obtained. The structure was confirmedby NMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 94

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-didecanoate;

(ii) 20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonyl-12-deoxyphorbol 13-decanoate;

(iii) 20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonyl-12-deoxyphorbol13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate;

(iv) 20-O-(3'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;

(v) 20-O-(3'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate13-butyrate;

(vi) 20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate 13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate);

(vii) 20-O-(2'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol12-(3',5'-difluorocinnamate) 13- 3'-(2",4"-difluorophenyl)propionate!;

(viii) 20-O-phenoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-dichlorophenyl)acetate!;

(ix) 20-O-(2'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylingenol 3-benzoate;

(x) 20-O-(3'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylresiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate;

(xi) 3-(4'-hydroxy)phenoxycarbonyloxymethyl!-1,6-dioxo-2,5-dioxacyclotetracosane;

(xii) 30-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonyldebromoaplysiatoxin 20-acetate;and

(xiii) 26-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylbryostatin 1.

EXAMPLE 95 Phorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate20-(4'-Fluoro-3'-nitrophenyl)carbamate

To a solution of 100 mg of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate in 1 mL oftetrahydrofuran was added, 73 mg of 4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl isocyanate, 5mg of dibutyltin dilaurate and 25 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. After 3h 100 μL of methanol was added to the reaction mixture. After removal ofthe solvents under a nitrogen stream, the mixture was subjected topreparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/iso-propyl alcohol(86:14)! to afford 71 mg of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate20-(4'-fluoro-3'-nitrophenyl)carbamate.

EXAMPLE 96

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-ethylcarbamate;

(ii) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-n-propylcarbamate;

(iii) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-n-butylcarbamate;

(iv) phorbol 12,13-didecanoate 20-(3'-trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamate;

(v) phorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!20-methylcarbamate;,

(vi) 12-deoxyphorbol 13-decanoate 20-(3'-methoxy)phenylcarbamate;

(vii) 12-deoxyphorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate20-n-propylcarbamate;

(viii) phorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate20-(4'-ethoxycarbonyl)phenylcarbamate;

(ix) phorbol 12-(3',5'-difluorophenyl)acetate13-(3',4'-difluorobenzoate) 20-ethoxycarbonylmethylcarbamate;

(x) ingenol 3-benzoate 20-methylcarbamate;

(xi) resiniferonol 9,13,14-orthophenylacetate 20-ethylcarbamate;

(xii) mezerein 20-methylcarbamate;

(xiii) 3-(N-methylamino)carbonyloxymethyl!-1,6-dioxo-2,5-dioxacyclotetracosane;

(xiv) debromoaplysiatoxin 20-acetate 30-methylcarbamate; and

(xv) bryostatin 1 26-methylcarbamate.

EXAMPLE 97 Phorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate 20-Methylthiocarbamate

To a solution of 100 mg of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate in 1 mL oftetrahydrofuran was added, over a six hour period, a total of 180 mg ofmethyl isothiocyanate, 105 mg of dibutyltin dilaurate and 125 mg of4-dimethylaminopyridine. After 4 days the reaction mixture was subjectedto preparative liquid chromatography silica; hexane/acetate mixtures! toafford 4 mg of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-methylthiocarbamate.

EXAMPLE 98

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) phorbol 12,13-didecanoate 20-allylthiocarbamate;

(ii) phorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!20-(tetrahydrofuran-2'-yl)methylthiocarbamate;

(iii) 12-deoxyphorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate20-(3'-methoxy)propylthiocarbamate; and

(iv) phorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate20-phenethylthiocarbamate.

EXAMPLE 99 Phorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate 20-Carbamate

To a solution of 100 mg of phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate in 2 mL ofmethylene chloride was added 25 mg of chlorosulfonyl isocyanate in 200μL of methylene chloride. After 3 h a few hundred μL of phosphate buffer(pH 2) was added. After 20 min pH 8 buffer was added and the mixtureextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered throughN/N/S and concentrated in vacuo. After preparative liquid chromatographysilica; hexane/tetrahydrofuran (65/35)!, 57 mg of phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate 20-carbamate was obtained.

EXAMPLE 100

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) phorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 20-carbamate;

(ii) phorbol 12,13-didecanoate 20-carbamate;

(iii) phorbol 12-(3'-phenoxy)benzoate 13-butyrate 20-carbamate; and

(iv) 12-deoxyphorbol 13-(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate 20-carbamate.

EXAMPLE 10120-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-3-deoxo-3-hydroximinophorbol12,13-Bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of pyridine was added214 mg of hydroxylamine hydrochloride. After heating at 53° C. for 8 hthe mixture was cooled and partitioned between phosphate buffer (pH 2)and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with phosphate buffer(pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Preparativeliquid chromatography of the residue silica; methylenechloride/tetrahydrofuran (92.5:7.5)! afforded 62 mg of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)-3-deoxo-3-hydroximinophorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed byNMR and mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 102

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxy-3-deoxo-3-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-3-deoxo-3-hydroximinophorbol12,13-bis 3'-(pentafluorophenyl)propionate!

EXAMPLE 103 20-Deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-3-deoxo-3-β-hydroxyphorbol12,13-Bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a mixture of 25 mg of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 15 mg of cerium (III)chloride in 0.5 mL of methanol was added approximately 3 mg of sodiumborohydride. After 8 min the mixture was partitioned between phosphatebuffer (pH 2) and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withphosphate buffer (pH 8), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated by astream of nitrogen. Purification by preparative liquid chromatographysilica; hexane/ethyl acetate (50:50)! afforded 13 mg of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-3-deoxo-3-p-hydroxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. The structure was confirmed by NMR andhigh resolution mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 104

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 3-deoxo-3-β-hydroxyphorbol 12-4'-(9",10"-dihydrophenanthren-2")-butyrate!; and

(ii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-carboxy-3-deoxo-3-β-hydroxyphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 105 20-Deoxyphorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate and12-β-Myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-1,6(20)-tigladien-3-one and20-Deoxy-20- 20'-deoxyphorbol-20'-yl-(12'-myristate 13'-acetate)!phorbol12-Myristate 13-Acetate

Extensive further purification of the crude residue from Example 15 bypreparative liquid chromatography afforded 20-deoxyphorbol 12-myristate13-acetate,12-β-myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-1,6(20)-tigladien-3-one and20-deoxy-20- 20'-deoxyphorbol-20'-yl (12'-myristate 13'-acetate)!phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate. These structures were confirmed by NMR and highresolution mass spectral analysis.

EXAMPLE 106 6-Deshydroxymethyl-6- 2'-(methoxycarbonyl)-(E)-vinyl!phorbol12-Myristate 13-Acetate

A solution of 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-oxophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetateand 90 mg of methyl triphenylphosphoranylideneacetate in 4 mL of toluenewas allowed to stir for 18 hours at room temperature. Afterconcentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by preparative liquidchromatography silica; methylene chloride/tetrahydrofuran (96:4)! toyield 116 mg of 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-2'-(methoxycarbonyl)-(E)-vinyl!phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate as anoil.

EXAMPLE 107 20-Deoxyphorbol 12-Myristate 13-Acetate 20-Sulfonic Acid,Triethylamine Salt

A mixture containing 100 mg of 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12-myristate13-acetate, 22 mg of sodium sulfite, 20 mg of sodium iodide and 0.6mmoles of acetic acid in about 11 mL of ethanol/water (approximately1:1) was stirred for a total of 4 hours alternating between ambient and60° C. After that time the mixture was concentrated in vacuo andpartitioned between ethyl acetate and brine to afford a residue whichwas purified by liquid chromatography silica; methylenechloride/methanol (90:10)! to yield 82 mg of 20-deoxyphorbol-20-sulfonicacid 12-myristate 13-acetate. This acid was converted to itstriethylamine salt by the addition of 24 μL of triethylamine in t-butylmethyl ether followed by concentration in vacuo.

EXAMPLE 108 20-Deoxy-20-trimethylphosphoniumphorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!Bromide

To solution of approximately 50 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! in 1 mL of dry acetonitrile is added 100μL of 1M trimethylphosphine in toluene. After a period of time thismixture is concentrated under a nitrogen stream and the residue issubjected to chromatographic purification to afford20-deoxy-20-trimethylphosphoniumphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! bromide.

EXAMPLE 109 20-Deoxy-20-trimethylsilylphorbol 12,13-Bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

To a suspension of 50 mg of 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! and 40 mg of powdered zinc (less than 325mesh) in 500 μL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added 15 μLtrimethylchlorosilane. After stirring overnight at room temperature thereaction mixture was treated with another 50 μL of silane and sonicatedfor 5 h. The mixture is then partitioned between ethyl acetate andphosphate buffer (pH 8) and chromatographed in the usual way to obtain20-deoxy-20-trimethylsilylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!.

EXAMPLE 110

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-diphenyloxophosphinylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-trimethylsilylphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; and

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-diphenyloxophosphinylphorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate.

EXAMPLE 111 Demonstration of Anti-HIV Activity of20-Deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!

Human peripheral blood lymphocytes were isolated from the buffy coatfractions of blood donations. The lymphocytes were then stimulated with5 μg/ml of phytohemagglutinin for 48 hours. Prior to infection with HIV,the lymphocytes were washed and resuspended in mitogen-free medium. Onday 0 the cells were infected with HIV and were cultured for four daysin the presence or absence of graded concentrations of20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!. Ondays 3 and 4 the supernatant levels of total viral RNA and viral coreprotein p24 were determined at each drug concentration and dose-responsecurves were used to determine the concentration of drug giving 50%inhibition of production of viral RNA and of p24 core protein. At fourdays these ED₅₀ values were less than 100 pM for both RNA and p24.

EXAMPLE 112 Demonstration of Anti-HIV Activity of Diterpenoid Phorboids

In a manner similar to Example 111, the anti-HIV ED₅₀ values for RNAdrug concentration is in brackets! for the following diterpenoidcompounds were determined from dose-response curves or by estimationfrom one or more experimental drug concentrations:

(i) 20-deoxy-20-bromophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!less than 1 nM!;

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-chlorophorbol 12,13-bis (pentafluorophenyl)acetate!less than 1 nM!;

(iii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 1.5 μM!;

(iv) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate20-(4'-fluoro-3'-nitrophenyl)carbamate 4 μM!;

(v) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 1.0 μM!;

(vi) 20-deoxy-20-(2',3'-dihydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 3 μM!;

(vii) 20-deoxy-20-hydroximinophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 5.5 μM!;

(viii) 20-deoxy-3-deoxo-3,20-bis(hydroximino)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 45 nM!;

(x) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-methoxycarbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 1.6 μM!;

(xi) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenylacetate) 4.5 μM!;

(xii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 1.6 μM!;

(xiii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 5.0 μM!;

(xiv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate 1.1 μM!;

(xv) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfonyl)phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate 500 nM!;

(xvi) 20-deoxy-20- (3'-hydroxymethylphenyl)amino!phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 180 nM!;

(xvii) 20-deoxy-20-azidophorbol 12,13-bis (2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!65 nM!;

(xviii) 20-deoxy-20-aminophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 100 nM!;

(xix) 20-O-(4'-hydroxyphenoxy)carbonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! less than 10 nM!;

(xx) 20-deoxy-20-propylthiophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 10 nM!;

(xxi) 20-deoxy-20-propylsulfinylphorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 500 nM!;

(xxii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-mercaptoethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)acetate! 50 nM!;

(xxiii) 6-deshydroxymethyl-6-cyanophorbol 12,13-bis(2',4'-difluorophenyl)-acetate! less than 100 nM!; and

(xxiv) 20-deoxy-20-fluorophorbol 12,13-bis (pentafluorophenyl)acetate! 1nM!.

EXAMPLE 113 Demonstration of Anti-HIV Activity of Indolactam-TypePhorboids

In a manner similar to Example 111, the anti-HIV ED₅₀ values for RNAdrug concentration is in brackets! for the following indolactam-typecompounds were determined from dose-response curves or by estimationfrom one or more experimental drug concentrations; data giving percentinhibition of viral RNA production at selected concentrations appear inparentheses:

(i) rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoylindolactam V (52% inhibition at 10 μM);

(ii)rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-(2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethylindolactamV, methanesulfonate salt (82% inhibition at 10 μM);

(iii) 14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V (87%inhibition at 10 μM);

(iv) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2'-glucosyl)!carboxamidoindolactam V (35%inhibition at 10 μM);

(v) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9- N-(2',3'dihydroxypropyl)!carboxamidoindolactamV (22% inhibition at 10 μM);

(vi) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactam V (47% inhibition at10 μM);

(vii) 1-N-hydroxymethyl-9-deshydroxymethyl-9-ethoxycarbonylindolactam V(31% inhibition at 10 μM);

(viii) 9-deshydroxymethyl-9-(2',3'-dihydroxy)propyloxycarbonylindolactamV (20% inhibition at 10 μM);

(ix) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)indolactam V 1 μM!; and

(x) 14-deoxy-14-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-7-octyl-(9S,12S)-indolactam V 100nM!.

EXAMPLE 114 Demonstration of Anti-HIV Activity of Diacylglycerol-TypePhorboids

In a manner similar to Example 111, the anti-HIV ED₅₀ values for RNAdrug concentration is in brackets! for the following diacylglycerol-typecompounds were determined from dose-response curves or by estimationfrom one or more experimental drug concentrations; data giving percentinhibition of viral RNA production at selected concentrations appear inparentheses:

(i) 3- (2'-hydroxyethylthio)methyl!-1,6-dioxo-2,5-dioxacyclotetracosane10 nM!.

EXAMPLE 115 Demonstration of Anti-melanoma Activity

Human RPMI-7272 melanoma cells were grown in the standard culture mediumunder normal incubation conditions. On day 1 the cells were cultured inthe absence (control) or presence of graded concentrations (3-100 μg/ml)of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate inseparate tubes. On day 4 after 72 h of exposure the number of cells ineach tube was measured and the number of cell doublings determined. Thedrug treated tubes were compared to the control tube. The ID₅₀ (theconcentration of drug required to inhibit cell doublings by 50%) was 42μM.

EXAMPLE 116 Demonstration of Anti-leukemic Activity

HL-60 promyelocytic leukemia cells were cultured in RPMI 1640 mediumsupplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. Cells (7,500) were seeded into96-well microtiter plates and incubated overnight. Serial dilutions of20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate(dissolved in DMSO and then diluted with culture medium) were added tothe wells on day 1. The plates were incubated for 8 days to allow thecontrol cultures to undergo at least 3 cell divisions. The cell growthwas monitored by using the calorimetric MTT (tetrazolium) assay Mosmann,T., J. Immunol. Meth. 65: 55-63 (1983)!. After the incubation period,the cells were washed with phosphate-buffered saline in the microtiterplate. DMSO was then added to each well and the dish was put on a shakerfor 20 min. The optical density was measured at 540 nm and comparedusing the formula: (OD Test-OD Start)/(OD Control-OD Start)×100. TheIC₅₀ (the drug concentration which leads to 50% of cells per wellcompared to control cultures (100%) at the end of the incubation period)is 5.4 μM.

In a like manner, the anti-leukemic activities of the following othercompounds were demonstrated:

(i) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-methylcarbamate (IC₅₀ =2.6 μM);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (IC₅₀ =5 μM); and

(iii)12-β-myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigiadien-3-one(IC₅₀ =5.2 μM).

EXAMPLE 117 Demonstration of Anti-cancer Activity

T-24 human bladder carcinoma cells were cultured in Eagle's minimalessential medium supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum. Cells (1,000)were seeded into 96-well microtiter plates and incubated overnight.Serial dilutions of 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate (dissolved in DMSO and then diluted with culturemedium) were added to the wells on day 1. The plates were incubated for5-6 days to allow the control cultures to undergo at least 3 celldivisions. After the incubation period, the cells were fixed withglutaraldehyde, washed with water and stained with 0.05% methylene blue.After washing the dye was eluted with 3% HCl. The optical density perwell was measured at 665 nm and compared using the formula: (OD Test-ODStart)/(OD Control-OD Start)×100. The IC₅₀ (the drug concentration whichleads to 50% of cells per well compared to control cultures (100%) atthe end of the incubation period) is 13 μM.

In a like manner, the anti-cancer activities of the following othercompounds were demonstrated:

(i) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate 20-methylcarbamate (IC₅₀ =6.3 μM);

(ii) 20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (IC₅₀ =2 μM); and

(iii)12-β-myristoyloxy-13-acetoxy-4,9-dihydroxy-7-hydroxymethyl-1,6(20)-tigliadien-3-one(IC₅₀ =5.5 μM).

EXAMPLE 118 Gelatin Capsules

Gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared:

    ______________________________________                                        rac-14-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-1-N-                                                                      125 mg                                               (2'-triphenylphosphonium)ethyl-                                               indolactam V, methanesulfonate salt                                           lactose                  300 mg                                               talc                     15 mg                                                ______________________________________                                    

The finely powdered ingredients are blended together. The mixture isused to fill hard shell two-piece gelatin capsules of a suitable size ata net fill weight of 440 mg.

EXAMPLE 119 Injectable Solution

A suspension (1.0 mL) suitable for intramuscular injection is preparedfrom the following ingredients:

    ______________________________________                                        14-deoxy-14-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)indolactam V                                                           20 mg                                              polyethylene glycol 3350   29 mg                                              polysorbate 80             2 mg                                               monobasic sodium phosphate 6.8 mg                                             dibasic sodium phosphate   1.4 mg                                             benzyl alcohol             9 mg                                               water for injection to make                                                                              1.0 ml                                             ______________________________________                                    

The materials are mixed, homogenized and filled into 1 ml ampuls whichare sealed.

EXAMPLE 120 Topical Gel

An illustrative composition for a topical gel is the following:

    ______________________________________                                        20-deoxy-20-cyanophorbol 12-myristate                                                                   20 mg                                               13-acetate                                                                    hydroxypropylcellulose    60 mg                                               ethyl alcohol             920 mg                                              ______________________________________                                    

The materials are mixed, homogenized and filled into containers eachholding 1 gram of gel.

EXAMPLE 121 Topical Solution

An illustrative composition for a topical solution is the following:

    ______________________________________                                        14-deoxy-14- (2',3'-hydroxy)propylthio!-                                                                20 mg                                               teleocidin B-1                                                                propylene glycol          300 mg                                              citric acid               20 mg                                               SD alcohol 40-2 to make   1.0 mL                                              ______________________________________                                    

The materials are mixed, homogenized and filled into squeezable plasticcontainers each holding 1 milliliter of solution.

EXAMPLE 126 11-O-(N-Methyl)carbamoyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310

To a solution of the benzolactam (-)-BL-V8-310 obtained by the method ofY. Endo et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 4: 491-494 (1994)!,4-dimethylaminopyridine and dibutyltin dilaurate in anhydroustetrahydrofuran is added methylisocyanate over a period of time. Themixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by liquid chromatographyaffording 11-O-(N-methyl)carbamoyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310.

EXAMPLE 127 11-Deoxy-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310 11-Sulfonic Acid

A solution of (-)-BL-V8-310 and pyridine in anhydrous methylene chlorideis cooled in a cold bath under a nitrogen atmosphere and is treated withmethanesulfonyl chloride. After a period of time the mixture is warmedto room temperature and washed with brine, pH 2 phosphate buffer andbrine sequentially. The organic layer is then dried and concentrated invacuo to afford 11-O-methanesulfonyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310.

A mixture of 11 -O-methanesulfonyl-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310, sodium sulfite andsodium iodide in a 1:1 mixture of ethanol/water containing a smallamount of acetic acid is stirred for a period of time at an elevatedtemperature. After that time the mixture is concentrated in vacuo andpartitioned between ethyl acetate and brine to afford a residue which ispurified by liquid chromatography to yield 11-deoxy-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-31011-sulfonic acid.

EXAMPLE 128

In a similar manner the following compounds are prepared:

(i) 11-O-(4'-hydroxyphenyl)-(2R,2S)-BL-V8-310;

(ii) 11-deoxy-11-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)-(2R,2S)-BL-V9-310;

(iii) 11-deoxy-11-cyano-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310; and

(iv) 11-deoxy-11-azido-(2S,5S)-BL-V8-310.

EXAMPLE 129 11-Deoxy-11-oxo-BL-V8-310

To a solution of BL-V8-310 in methylene chloride is added periodinanereagent Dess, D. B. and Martin, J. C., J. Org. Chem. 48: 4155-4156(1983)!. After a period of time the mixture is diluted with ethylacetate and washed sequentially with phosphate buffer (pH 8), aqueoussodium thiosulfate (20%), phosphate buffer (pH 2) and phosphate buffer(pH 8). The organic layer is then filtered through N/N/S andconcentrated to afford 11-deoxy-11-oxo-BL-V8-310.

EXAMPLE 130 5-Des(hydroxymethyl)-5-carboxy-BL-V8-310

To a solution of 11-deoxy-11-oxo-BL-V8-310 in a mixture of methylenechloride, t-butyl alcohol and 2-methyl-2-butene is added a 10% (wt/vol)of sodium chlorite in a dihydrogen phosphate buffered solution. After aperiod of time 20% aqueous sodium thiosulfate is added and the mixtureis partially concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitioned betweenethyl acetate and phosphate buffer (pH 8). The organic layer is washedsequentially with pH 2 and pH 8 phosphate buffers and dried over sodiumsulfate. After concentration in vacuo and purification by preparativeliquid chromatography, 5-des(hydroxymethyl)-5-carboxy-BL-V8-310 isobtained.

Equivalents

Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain usingno more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specificembodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents areintended to be encompassed by the following claims.

We claim:
 1. A method for treatment of a mammal infected with any HumanImmunodeficiency Virus which comprises administering to a mammal in needof such treatment an antivirally effective quantity of a composition,comprising:a physiologically acceptable pharmaceutical carrier; and acompound, in a quantity of between about 0.0001-1000 mg per unit dosage,of the formula:

    P.sub.1 --S.sub.1 --E.sub.1

wherein P₁ is a radical of the formula: ##STR40## in the form of anindividual isomer, an isomer mixture, a racemate or optical antipode, ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A¹ and A² may beindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen and a straight chain orbranched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/oraromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing substituent having notmore than 34 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and not morethan 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorusand sulfur, or A¹ and A² taken together may complete a 5- or 6-membered,saturated or unsaturated, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, optionallysubstituted by halogen(s) and/or by 1-8 straight chain or branchedchain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, and/or aromaticcarbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, which halogens and groupstaken together contain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms, notmore than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; A³ is a three atomchain which carries S₁ E₁ and completes a 7-membered saturated orunsaturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by 1-6 substituentsindependently selected from halogen(s) and straight chain or branchedchain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated, and/or aromaticcarbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, which halogens and groupstaken together, excluding S₁ E₁, contain not more than 12 carbon atoms,not more than 8 halogen atoms, and not more than 5 heteroatoms selectedfrom oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; provided that,including S₁ E₁, the middle carbon atom of A³ is not substituted byhydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl; A⁴ completes a 6- or 7-memberedcarbocyclic or heterocyclic ring connected in the β configuration toeither carbon atom 9 or 10, optionally substituted by halogen(s) and/orby 1-10 straight chain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated,unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups,the group or groups optionally completing 1-3 additional rings throughbonds among themselves and/or 1-5 additional rings when taken togetherwith A¹, A², a ring formed by A¹ and A² together, and/or a bond tocarbon atom 9, which halogens and groups taken together, include notmore than 50 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and not morethan 15 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorusand sulfur; carbon atom 9 may be optionally substituted by halogen(s)and/or by 1-10 straight chain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic,saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/orheteroatom-containing groups, which groups may be bound to carbon atom 9by a single or double bond and which halogens and groups taken together,include not more than 12 carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogen atoms,and not more than 5 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; J¹ is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro,hydroxy, amino, mono- or di(lower-alkyl)amino, methyl, ethyl, vinyl,ethynyl, propargyl, cyano, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl,2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, acetoxy, propanoyloxy,acetyl, propanoyl, hydroxyacetyl, 2-hydroxypropanoyloxy,3-hydroxypropanoyl, acetamido, propanamido, hydroxyacetamido,2-hydroxypropanamido, or 3-hydroxypropanamido (each of which must besituated in the β configuration), or J¹ taken together with A¹, A², A³or a ring formed by A¹ together with A² completes a 3- to 7-memberedsubstituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, thesubstituents of which contain not more than 15 carbon atoms, not morethan 10 halogens, and not more than 8 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; J² is selected from hydrogen,methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, allyl,propargyl, n-propyl and isopropyl; provided that, if A¹ and A² are notlinked to form a ring, A⁴ must carry a cyclopropyl at positions 13 and14; and the total P₁ ring skeleton may not comprise any of the followingsix minimum frameworks, which are derived from various homo-, nor- andhomo-nor-steroids, with or without additional ring(s) appended:##STR41## wherein S₁ is a chain of atoms of the formula: ##STR42##wherein a, b, d, e, and g may independently be from 0 to 3;c and f mayindependently be 0 or 1; the sum of(a+b+c+d+e+f+g) is at least 1 but notmore than 12; and if c and f are both 1, then the sum of (d+e) must beat least 1; R₁ ¹ through R₁ ¹² may be the same or different and each maybe hydrogen, halogen or an acyclic substituent containing not more than20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 6heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, boron,arsenic, phosphorus and selenium; R₁ ¹ or R₁ ² may optionally comprisean additional bond completing an unsaturated linkage to P₁ ; one or twoof the substituents R₁ ¹ -R₁ ¹² may optionally comprise the same ordifferent values of G¹, as defined below; R₁ ¹¹ or R₁ ¹² may optionallycomprise an additional bond to E₁, thereby completing an unsaturatedlinkage; one of the substituents R₁ ¹ -R₁ ¹² may be linked to either theatom in P₁ that carries the S₁ chain or to an atom in P₁ adjacentthereto, to form a 4-8 membered ring optionally containing 1-4 identicalor different ring hetero members selected from O, S, SO, SO₂, CO, ═N--and NH, the ring being optionally substituted on any carbon and/or NHmembers, by 1-8 identical or different substituents selected fromhalogen, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano, azide, nitro,hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃, OCF₃, SH, SCH₃,SOCH₃, SCF₃, COOH, COOCH₃, COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino, mono- ordialkylamino totaling 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, acetamido,N-methylacetamido, carboxamido, N-alkylated carboxamido containing 1-4carbon atoms inclusive, hydroxyacetyl and hydroxyacetoxy; X and X' areas defined below; provided that, for all substituents R₁ ¹ through R₁ ¹²and all constituents X and X', taken together, but excluding P_(x) andE₁ : the total of carbon atoms is 25 or less; the total of halogen atomsis 16 or less; the total of oxygen atoms is 6 or less; the total ofnitrogen atoms is 4 or less; the sulfur, silicon, boron and phosphorusatoms each total 3 or less; the arsenic and selenium atoms each total 1or less; the total of oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, boron, arsenic,phosphorus, selenium and sulfur atoms together is 8 or less; the totalof --OH groups is 3 or less; the total of --NH₂ groups is 2 or less; thetotal of --SH groups is 2 or less; and the total of --OH, --SH and --NH₂groups together is 4 or less; X and X' may be the same or different andare selected from: ##STR43## wherein R_(X) ¹, R_(X) ², R_(X) ¹¹ andR_(X) ¹² may independently be hydrogen;R_(X) ¹ through R_(X) ¹² may bethe same or different and each may be an acyclic substituent containing1-20 carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 6heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, such that forany substituent the oxygen atoms total 4 or less, the nitrogen atomstotal 4 or less, and the sulfur atoms total 2 or less, R_(X) ⁴, R_(X) ⁵,R_(X) ¹¹ and R_(X) ¹² may independently be hydroxy; Q and Q' are asdefined below; R_(X) ¹ may optionally represent an additional bond toP₁, thus completing an unsaturated linkage; one or two of thesubstituents R_(X) ¹ -R_(X) ¹² may optionally comprise the same ordifferent values of G¹, as defined below; one of the substituents R_(X)¹ -R_(X) ¹² may be linked to either the atom in P₁ that carries thechain containing X, X', and/or X" or to an atom in P₁ adjacent thereto,to form a 4-8 membered ring optionally containing 1-4 other identical ordifferent hetero ring members selected from O, S, SO, SO₂, CO, ═N-- andNH, the ring being optionally substituted on its carbon and/or NHmembers by 1-8 identical or different substituents selected fromhalogen, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano, azide, nitro,hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃, OCF₃, SH, SCH₃,SOCH₃, SCF₃, COOH, COOCH₃, COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino, mono- ordialkylamino totaling 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, acetamido,N-methylacetamido, carboxamido, N-alkylated carboxamido containing 1-4carbon atoms inclusive, hydroxyacetyl and hydroxyacetoxy; Q and Q'independently may be:

    ═O ═S ═N--R.sub.Q.sup.1 or ═N--O--R.sub.Q.sup.2

wherein R_(Q) ¹ and R_(Q) ² may be the same or different and each may behydrogen or a saturated or singly or multiply unsaturated, straight orbranched, acyclic substituent containing 1-20 carbon atoms, not morethan 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 6 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, in which the oxygen atoms total 4 or less,the nitrogen atoms total 4 or less, and the sulfur atoms total 2 orless, the heteroatoms being preferably situated in functional groupsselected from hydroxy, amino, thiol, nitro, azide, ether, thioether,aldehyde, keto, carboxy, ester, amide, cyano, nitroguanidine andcyanoguanidine;R_(Q) ¹ and/or R_(Q) ² may optionally comprise the sameor different values of G¹, as defined below; R_(Q) ¹ may be linked toeither the atom in P₁ that carries the chain containing Q and/or Q' orto an atom in P₁ adjacent thereto, to form a 4-8 membered ring definedas for R₁ ¹ R₁ ¹² -containing ring above; G' comprises a groupcontaining 1-3 fused or separate, saturated, unsaturated or aromaticcarbocyclic or heterocyclic 4-8 membered rings, each ring optionallycontaining 1-4 identical or different hetero ring members selected fromO, S, SO₂, CO, ═N-- and NH, each ring being optionally substituted onits carbon and/or NH members by 1-8 identical or different substituents,selected from halogen, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, cyano,azide, nitro, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,2-hydroxy-2-propyl, CF₃, OCF₃, SH, SCH₃, SOCH₃, SCF₃, COOH, COOCH₃,COCH₃, CH═O, acetoxy, amino, mono- or dialkylamino totaling 1-4 carbonatoms inclusive, acetamido, N-methylacetamido, carboxamido, N-alkylatedcarboxamido containing 1-4 carbon atoms inclusive, hydroxyacetyl andhydroxyacetoxy; and wherein for G¹ the optional second and third ringsmay be fused to the first ring and/or to one another or may be separaterings connected to one another and/or to the atom bearing G¹ by a singleor double bond or by an intervening substituted or unsubstituted, linearor branched, saturated or unsaturated chain containing not more than 8carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogens, and not more than 4 heteroatomsselected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, boron, arsenic, phosphorus,selenium and sulfur, wherein E₁ is selected from ═O, ═S, ═NH, ═NOR_(E) ⁸wherein R_(E) ⁸ is hydrogen or a C₁ -C₈ normal or branched alkylradical, ═N--NH₂, hydrogen, halogen, --OH, --SH, --NH₂, --NH--NH₂, --N₃,--CN, --NO, --NO₂, --NHOH, --ONH₂, or is selected from: ##STR44##wherein T¹ is selected from --O--, --S--, and --NH--; T² is selectedfrom ═O, ═S, and ═N--R_(E) ⁶, in which R_(E) ⁶ may be hydrogen, hydroxy,cyano, or nitro;T^(2') is selected from ═O and ═S; T³, T⁴ and T^(4') areindependently selected from --OH, --NH₂, --SH, --N₃, --NH--NH₂, and--NH--OR_(E) ⁷, in which R_(E) ⁷ may be hydrogen, C₁₋₃ alkyl or C₁₋₃acyl; T³ may also be hydrogen or halogen; T⁵ --T^(5") are independentlyselected from hydrogen and hydroxy; T⁵ may also be halogen; R_(E) ¹ isselected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azide,--NH₂, --NH--OH, --SH, --O--NH₂, --NH--NH₂, --T¹ --C(═T²)--T³,--C(═T²)--T³, --SiT⁵ T^(5') T^(5"), --T¹ --S(═O)(═T²)--T⁴,--S(═O)(═T²)--T⁴, --T¹ --P(--T⁴)--T^(4'), --P(--T⁴)--T^(4'), --T¹--P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴, and --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴ ; R_(E) ² and R_(E) ³are individually selected from hydrogen, --C(═T²)--T³, cyano, nitro,azide, halogen and a C₁ -C₁₅ straight or branched chain, saturated,unsaturated and/or aromatic-containing alkyl moiety optionallycontaining not more than 10 halogen atoms and not more than 4heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; and if R_(E) ¹ iscyano or --C(═T²)--T³, then R_(E) ² or R_(E) ³ may optionally beselected from --SiT⁵ T^(5') T^(5"), --T¹ --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴, and--P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴ ; and R_(E) ⁴ and R_(E) ⁴ are individuallyselected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, --C(═T²)--T³, --T¹--C(═T²)--T³, --CR_(E) ¹ R_(E) ² R_(E) ³, --SiT⁵ T^(5') T^(5"),--S(═O)(═T²)--T⁴, and --P(═T^(2'))(--T³)--T⁴.
 2. A method of claim 1wherein P₁ is P_(1R), ##STR45## wherein carbons (1 and 2) or (2 and 3)may be joined by a double bond; carbons (5 and 6) or (6 and 7) may bejoined by a double bond;S₁ E₁ may be bonded to carbon 5, 6 or 7; R_(A1)represents not more than 6 identical or different substituents bondedindependently via single and/or double bonds to carbons 1, 2 and/or 3,which substituents may independently be halogen(s) and/or straight chainor branched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/oraromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, which halogens andgroups taken together contain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms,not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selectedfrom oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; R_(A3) representsnot more than 5 identical or different substituents bonded independentlyvia single and/or double bonds to carbons 5, 6 and/or 7, whichsubstituents may independently be halogen(s) and/or straight chain orbranched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/oraromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, which halogens andgroups taken together contain not more than 12 carbon atoms, not morethan 8 halogen atoms, and not more than 5 heteroatoms selected fromoxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur; and R_(A4) representsnot more than 9 identical or different substituents bonded independentlyvia single or double bonds to carbons 9, 11, 12, 13 and/or 14, whichsubstituents may independently be halogen(s) and/or straight chain orbranched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/oraromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, the group orgroups optionally completing 1-3 additional rings through bonds amongthemselves and/or 1-5 additional rings when taken together with the5-membered ring and its substituent(s) R_(A1), which halogen and groupstaken together, include not more than 50 carbon atoms, not more than 24halogen atoms, and not more than 15 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur.
 3. A method of claim 2 whereincarbons and 14 of P_(1R) carry a substituted or unsubstitutedcyclopropyl ring, forming P_(1P) ##STR46## wherein the R_(A5) and R_(A6)radicals may independently be hydrogen, halogen and/or straight chain orbranched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/oraromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, which halogens andgroups taken together contain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms,not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selectedfrom oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur.
 4. A method ofclaim 3 wherein the carbon 2 of P_(1P) carries a methyl group, J¹ ishydroxy, carbon 9 carries a hydroxy group in the α configuration,carbons 10 and 14 carry hydrogens in the a configuration, carbon 11carries a methyl group in the α configuration and R_(A5) and R_(A6) areboth methyl, forming P_(1PP) : ##STR47##
 5. A method of claim 4 whereinthe compound is selected from the group consisting of:(i)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-butyrate; (ii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-dibutyrate; (iii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; (iv)20-deoxy-20- (2'-hydroxyethyl)methylamino!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate; (v) 20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; (vi) 20-deoxy-20-(N-methylamino)phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate; (vii) phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate20-cholinephosphate; (viii)20-deoxy-20-(2',3'-dihydroxypropylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!, (ix) 20-deoxy-20-2'-(formylamino)ethylthio!phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; (x)20-deoxy-20- 2'-(methylsulfonylamino)ethylthio!phorbol 12-myristate13-acetate; (xi) 20-deoxy-20-propylthiophorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; (xii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-mercaptoethylthio)phorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; (xiii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)phorbol 12,13-O,O'-bis-(isopropyldimethylsilyl)!; (xiv)20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)phorbol 12-(4'-biphenyl)acetate 13-3'-(3",5"-difluorophenyl)propionate!; (xv)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylsulfinyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(pentafluorophenyl)acetate!; (xvi) 20-deoxy-20-propylsulfinylphorbol12,13-bis (2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; (xvii)20-deoxy-20-propylsulfonylphorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and (xviii) 20-O-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol12-myristate 13-acetate.
 6. A method of claim 4 wherein S₁ E₁ takentogether comprise a saturated normal or branched C₂ -C₁₀ alkyl groupcontaining one hydroxy group separated from P₁ by not more than fourcarbon atoms and the compound is selected from the group consistingof:(i) 20-deoxy-20-(1'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate;(ii) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate; (iii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol 12,13-bis(2'4'-difluorophenyl)acetate!; and (iv)12,20-dideoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethyl)phorbol 13-angelate.
 7. A method ofclaim 2 wherein an orthoester structure is bonded to P_(1R) via oneorthoester oxygen atom in the α configuration to carbon 9 and via twoorthoester oxygen atoms in the α configuration to any two of carbons12-14, forming P_(1RR) ##STR48## wherein R_(A7) represents hydrogen,halogen or a straight chain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic,saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/orheteroatom-containing group, the group optionally completing 1additional ring to carbon 1, which group includes not more than 30carbon atoms, not more than 16 halogen atoms, and not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur.
 8. A method of claim 7 wherein carbon 2 of P_(1RR) carries amethyl group, J¹ is hydroxy, carbon 10 carries a hydrogen atom in the αconfiguration, carbon 11 carries a methyl group in the α configurationand carbon 13 carries an isopropenyl group, forming P_(1RRR) ##STR49##9. A method of claim 8 wherein the compound is selected from the groupconsisting of:(i) 20-deoxy-20-(2'-hydroxyethylthio)resiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate; (ii)20-deoxy-20-(2'-carboxyethylthio)resiniferonol9,13,14-orthophenylacetate; and (iii)20-deoxy-20-(3'-hydroxypropylthio)mezerein.
 10. A method of claim 1wherein P₁ is P_(1I) : ##STR50## wherein R_(A2I) represents not morethan 6 identical or different substituents bonded independently viasingle and/or double bonds to carbons 1, 2 and/or 3, which substituentsmay independently be halogen(s) and/or straight chain or branched chain,cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/orheteroatom-containing groups, which halogens and groups taken togethercontain a total of not more than 30 carbon atoms, not more than 24halogen atoms and not more than 9 heteroatoms selected from oxygen,nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus and sulfur;R_(A3I) represents not morethan 5 identical or different substituents bonded independently viasingle and/or double bonds to carbons 5, 6 and/or 7, which substituentsmay independently be halogen(s) and/or straight chain or branched chain,cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/orheteroatom-containing groups, which halogens and groups taken togethercontain not more than 12 carbon atoms, not more than 8 halogen atoms,and not more than 5 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; R_(A4I) represents not more than 8 identical ordifferent substituents bonded independently via single or double bondsto carbons 11, 12, 13 and/or 14, which substituents may independently behalogen(s) and/or straight chain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic,saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic carbon- and/orheteroatom-containing groups, the group or groups optionally completing1-3 additional rings through bonds among themselves and/or 1-5additional rings when taken together with the 5-membered ring and itssubstituent(s) R_(A2I), which halogen and groups taken together, includenot more than 50 carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms, and notmore than 15 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon,phosphorus and sulfur; carbon atom 9 may be unsubstituted or may carry asubstituent defined as for R_(A4I) above.
 11. A method of claim 10wherein carbons 13 and 14 of P_(1I) carry a substituted or unsubstitutedcyclopropyl ring, forming P_(1IN) : ##STR51## wherein the R_(A5I) andR_(A6I) radicals may independently be hydrogen, halogen and/or straightchain or branched chain, cyclic or acyclic, saturated, unsaturatedand/or aromatic carbon- and/or heteroatom-containing groups, whichhalogens and groups taken together contain a total of not more than 30carbon atoms, not more than 24 halogen atoms and not more than 9heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, phosphorus andsulfur.
 12. A method of claim 11 wherein carbon 2 of P_(1IN) carries amethyl group, J¹ is hydroxy, carbon 11 carries a methyl group in the αconfiguration, carbon 14 carries a hydrogen in the α configuration andR_(A5I) and R_(A6I) are both methyl, forming P_(1INL) : ##STR52##
 13. Amethod of claim 12 wherein the compound is selected from the groupconsisting of:(i) 20-deoxy-20-(n-propylthio)ingenol 3-benzoate; and (ii)20-deoxy-20-(n-propylthio)ingenol 3-(2',4'-difluorobenzyl)carbamate. 14.A method of claim 1 wherein the compound is selected from the groupwherein S₁ E₁ taken together comprise:(i) --CH═NOCH₃, --CH═N(→O)CH₃, or--C(CH₃)═NOH; or (ii) --CH₂ -- or --CH(CH₃)--, to either of which isbonded --SR_(a) ^(a), --S(═O)R_(a) ^(a), --SCH₂ CH₂ OH, --S(═O)--CH₂ CH₂OH, --S(CH₂)₃ OH, --S(CH₂)₄ OH, or --SCH₂ CH₂ SH, in which R_(a) ^(a) isC₁₋₁₂ linear or branched, saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatichydrocarbon optionally substituted by not more than 16 halogens.
 15. Amethod of claim 14 wherein the composition also includes at least one ofa nucleoside analog, a tetrahydroimidazo4,5,1-jk!benzodiazepin-2(1H)-one derivative or an HIV proteaseinhibitor.